• Home
  • Line#
  • Scopes#
  • Navigate#
  • Raw
  • Download
1 /* Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
2  * All rights reserved.
3  *
4  * This package is an SSL implementation written
5  * by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com).
6  * The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
7  *
8  * This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as
9  * the following conditions are aheared to.  The following conditions
10  * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA,
11  * lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code.  The SSL documentation
12  * included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms
13  * except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
14  *
15  * Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
16  * the code are not to be removed.
17  * If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
18  * as the author of the parts of the library used.
19  * This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
20  * in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
21  *
22  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
23  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
24  * are met:
25  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright
26  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
27  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
28  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
29  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
30  * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
31  *    must display the following acknowledgement:
32  *    "This product includes cryptographic software written by
33  *     Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
34  *    The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
35  *    being used are not cryptographic related :-).
36  * 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from
37  *    the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
38  *    "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
39  *
40  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND
41  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
42  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
43  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
44  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
45  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
46  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
47  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
48  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
49  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
50  * SUCH DAMAGE.
51  *
52  * The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
53  * derivative of this code cannot be changed.  i.e. this code cannot simply be
54  * copied and put under another distribution licence
55  * [including the GNU Public Licence.]
56  */
57 /* ====================================================================
58  * Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project.  All rights reserved.
59  *
60  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
61  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
62  * are met:
63  *
64  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
65  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
66  *
67  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
68  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
69  *    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
70  *    distribution.
71  *
72  * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
73  *    software must display the following acknowledgment:
74  *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
75  *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
76  *
77  * 4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
78  *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
79  *    prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
80  *    openssl-core@openssl.org.
81  *
82  * 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL"
83  *    nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
84  *    permission of the OpenSSL Project.
85  *
86  * 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
87  *    acknowledgment:
88  *    "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project
89  *    for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
90  *
91  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
92  * EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
93  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
94  * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR
95  * ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
96  * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
97  * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
98  * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
99  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
100  * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
101  * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED
102  * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
103  * ====================================================================
104  *
105  * This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
106  * (eay@cryptsoft.com).  This product includes software written by Tim
107  * Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
108  *
109  */
110 /* ====================================================================
111  * Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
112  * ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by
113  * SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.
114  */
115 /* ====================================================================
116  * Copyright 2005 Nokia. All rights reserved.
117  *
118  * The portions of the attached software ("Contribution") is developed by
119  * Nokia Corporation and is licensed pursuant to the OpenSSL open source
120  * license.
121  *
122  * The Contribution, originally written by Mika Kousa and Pasi Eronen of
123  * Nokia Corporation, consists of the "PSK" (Pre-Shared Key) ciphersuites
124  * support (see RFC 4279) to OpenSSL.
125  *
126  * No patent licenses or other rights except those expressly stated in
127  * the OpenSSL open source license shall be deemed granted or received
128  * expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise.
129  *
130  * No assurances are provided by Nokia that the Contribution does not
131  * infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any third
132  * party or that the license provides you with all the necessary rights
133  * to make use of the Contribution.
134  *
135  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. IN
136  * ADDITION TO THE DISCLAIMERS INCLUDED IN THE LICENSE, NOKIA
137  * SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY FOR CLAIMS BROUGHT BY YOU OR ANY
138  * OTHER ENTITY BASED ON INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OR
139  * OTHERWISE.
140  */
141 
142 #ifndef OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H
143 #define OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H
144 
145 #include <openssl/base.h>
146 
147 #include <openssl/bio.h>
148 #include <openssl/buf.h>
149 #include <openssl/pem.h>
150 #include <openssl/span.h>
151 #include <openssl/ssl3.h>
152 #include <openssl/thread.h>
153 #include <openssl/tls1.h>
154 #include <openssl/x509.h>
155 
156 #if !defined(OPENSSL_WINDOWS)
157 #include <sys/time.h>
158 #endif
159 
160 // Forward-declare struct timeval. On Windows, it is defined in winsock2.h and
161 // Windows headers define too many macros to be included in public headers.
162 // However, only a forward declaration is needed.
163 struct timeval;
164 
165 #if defined(__cplusplus)
166 extern "C" {
167 #endif
168 
169 
170 // SSL implementation.
171 
172 
173 // SSL contexts.
174 //
175 // |SSL_CTX| objects manage shared state and configuration between multiple TLS
176 // or DTLS connections. Whether the connections are TLS or DTLS is selected by
177 // an |SSL_METHOD| on creation.
178 //
179 // |SSL_CTX| are reference-counted and may be shared by connections across
180 // multiple threads. Once shared, functions which change the |SSL_CTX|'s
181 // configuration may not be used.
182 
183 // TLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for TLS connections.
184 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_method(void);
185 
186 // DTLS_method is the |SSL_METHOD| used for DTLS connections.
187 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_method(void);
188 
189 // TLS_with_buffers_method is like |TLS_method|, but avoids all use of
190 // crypto/x509. All client connections created with |TLS_with_buffers_method|
191 // will fail unless a certificate verifier is installed with
192 // |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|.
193 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_with_buffers_method(void);
194 
195 // DTLS_with_buffers_method is like |DTLS_method|, but avoids all use of
196 // crypto/x509.
197 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_with_buffers_method(void);
198 
199 // SSL_CTX_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_CTX| with default settings or NULL
200 // on error.
201 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_CTX_new(const SSL_METHOD *method);
202 
203 // SSL_CTX_up_ref increments the reference count of |ctx|. It returns one.
204 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_up_ref(SSL_CTX *ctx);
205 
206 // SSL_CTX_free releases memory associated with |ctx|.
207 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_free(SSL_CTX *ctx);
208 
209 
210 // SSL connections.
211 //
212 // An |SSL| object represents a single TLS or DTLS connection. Although the
213 // shared |SSL_CTX| is thread-safe, an |SSL| is not thread-safe and may only be
214 // used on one thread at a time.
215 
216 // SSL_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL| using |ctx| or NULL on error. The new
217 // connection inherits settings from |ctx| at the time of creation. Settings may
218 // also be individually configured on the connection.
219 //
220 // On creation, an |SSL| is not configured to be either a client or server. Call
221 // |SSL_set_connect_state| or |SSL_set_accept_state| to set this.
222 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL *SSL_new(SSL_CTX *ctx);
223 
224 // SSL_free releases memory associated with |ssl|.
225 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_free(SSL *ssl);
226 
227 // SSL_get_SSL_CTX returns the |SSL_CTX| associated with |ssl|. If
228 // |SSL_set_SSL_CTX| is called, it returns the new |SSL_CTX|, not the initial
229 // one.
230 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_get_SSL_CTX(const SSL *ssl);
231 
232 // SSL_set_connect_state configures |ssl| to be a client.
233 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_connect_state(SSL *ssl);
234 
235 // SSL_set_accept_state configures |ssl| to be a server.
236 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_accept_state(SSL *ssl);
237 
238 // SSL_is_server returns one if |ssl| is configured as a server and zero
239 // otherwise.
240 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_server(const SSL *ssl);
241 
242 // SSL_is_dtls returns one if |ssl| is a DTLS connection and zero otherwise.
243 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_dtls(const SSL *ssl);
244 
245 // SSL_set_bio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio| and write to |wbio|. |ssl|
246 // takes ownership of the two |BIO|s. If |rbio| and |wbio| are the same, |ssl|
247 // only takes ownership of one reference.
248 //
249 // In DTLS, |rbio| must be non-blocking to properly handle timeouts and
250 // retransmits.
251 //
252 // If |rbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for reading, that
253 // side is left untouched and is not freed.
254 //
255 // If |wbio| is the same as the currently configured |BIO| for writing AND |ssl|
256 // is not currently configured to read from and write to the same |BIO|, that
257 // side is left untouched and is not freed. This asymmetry is present for
258 // historical reasons.
259 //
260 // Due to the very complex historical behavior of this function, calling this
261 // function if |ssl| already has |BIO|s configured is deprecated. Prefer
262 // |SSL_set0_rbio| and |SSL_set0_wbio| instead.
263 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_bio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio, BIO *wbio);
264 
265 // SSL_set0_rbio configures |ssl| to read from |rbio|. It takes ownership of
266 // |rbio|.
267 //
268 // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_wbio| may be called on the
269 // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this.
270 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_rbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *rbio);
271 
272 // SSL_set0_wbio configures |ssl| to write to |wbio|. It takes ownership of
273 // |wbio|.
274 //
275 // Note that, although this function and |SSL_set0_rbio| may be called on the
276 // same |BIO|, each call takes a reference. Use |BIO_up_ref| to balance this.
277 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_wbio(SSL *ssl, BIO *wbio);
278 
279 // SSL_get_rbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| reads from.
280 OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_rbio(const SSL *ssl);
281 
282 // SSL_get_wbio returns the |BIO| that |ssl| writes to.
283 OPENSSL_EXPORT BIO *SSL_get_wbio(const SSL *ssl);
284 
285 // SSL_get_fd calls |SSL_get_rfd|.
286 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_fd(const SSL *ssl);
287 
288 // SSL_get_rfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to read
289 // from. If |ssl|'s read |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file
290 // descriptor then it returns -1.
291 //
292 // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast
293 // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or
294 // socket |BIO|.
295 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_rfd(const SSL *ssl);
296 
297 // SSL_get_wfd returns the file descriptor that |ssl| is configured to write
298 // to. If |ssl|'s write |BIO| is not configured or doesn't wrap a file
299 // descriptor then it returns -1.
300 //
301 // Note: On Windows, this may return either a file descriptor or a socket (cast
302 // to int), depending on whether |ssl| was configured with a file descriptor or
303 // socket |BIO|.
304 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_wfd(const SSL *ssl);
305 
306 #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_SOCK)
307 // SSL_set_fd configures |ssl| to read from and write to |fd|. It returns one
308 // on success and zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of
309 // |fd|.
310 //
311 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs.
312 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_fd(SSL *ssl, int fd);
313 
314 // SSL_set_rfd configures |ssl| to read from |fd|. It returns one on success and
315 // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|.
316 //
317 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs.
318 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_rfd(SSL *ssl, int fd);
319 
320 // SSL_set_wfd configures |ssl| to write to |fd|. It returns one on success and
321 // zero on allocation error. The caller retains ownership of |fd|.
322 //
323 // On Windows, |fd| is cast to a |SOCKET| and used with Winsock APIs.
324 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_wfd(SSL *ssl, int fd);
325 #endif  // !OPENSSL_NO_SOCK
326 
327 // SSL_do_handshake continues the current handshake. If there is none or the
328 // handshake has completed or False Started, it returns one. Otherwise, it
329 // returns <= 0. The caller should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to
330 // determine how to proceed.
331 //
332 // In DTLS, the caller must drive retransmissions. Whenever |SSL_get_error|
333 // signals |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|, use |DTLSv1_get_timeout| to determine the
334 // current timeout. If it expires before the next retry, call
335 // |DTLSv1_handle_timeout|. Note that DTLS handshake retransmissions use fresh
336 // sequence numbers, so it is not sufficient to replay packets at the transport.
337 //
338 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF.
339 // https://crbug.com/466303.
340 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_do_handshake(SSL *ssl);
341 
342 // SSL_connect configures |ssl| as a client, if unconfigured, and calls
343 // |SSL_do_handshake|.
344 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_connect(SSL *ssl);
345 
346 // SSL_accept configures |ssl| as a server, if unconfigured, and calls
347 // |SSL_do_handshake|.
348 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_accept(SSL *ssl);
349 
350 // SSL_read reads up to |num| bytes from |ssl| into |buf|. It implicitly runs
351 // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it
352 // returns the number of bytes read. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller
353 // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed.
354 //
355 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF.
356 // https://crbug.com/466303.
357 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_read(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num);
358 
359 // SSL_peek behaves like |SSL_read| but does not consume any bytes returned.
360 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_peek(SSL *ssl, void *buf, int num);
361 
362 // SSL_pending returns the number of buffered, decrypted bytes available for
363 // read in |ssl|. It does not read from the transport.
364 //
365 // In DTLS, it is possible for this function to return zero while there is
366 // buffered, undecrypted data from the transport in |ssl|. For example,
367 // |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the first, and leave
368 // the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|. Callers that wish to
369 // detect this case can use |SSL_has_pending|.
370 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_pending(const SSL *ssl);
371 
372 // SSL_has_pending returns one if |ssl| has buffered, decrypted bytes available
373 // for read, or if |ssl| has buffered data from the transport that has not yet
374 // been decrypted. If |ssl| has neither, this function returns zero.
375 //
376 // In TLS, BoringSSL does not implement read-ahead, so this function returns one
377 // if and only if |SSL_pending| would return a non-zero value. In DTLS, it is
378 // possible for this function to return one while |SSL_pending| returns zero.
379 // For example, |SSL_read| may read a datagram with two records, decrypt the
380 // first, and leave the second buffered for a subsequent call to |SSL_read|.
381 //
382 // As a result, if this function returns one, the next call to |SSL_read| may
383 // still fail, read from the transport, or both. The buffered, undecrypted data
384 // may be invalid or incomplete.
385 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_pending(const SSL *ssl);
386 
387 // SSL_write writes up to |num| bytes from |buf| into |ssl|. It implicitly runs
388 // any pending handshakes, including renegotiations when enabled. On success, it
389 // returns the number of bytes written. Otherwise, it returns <= 0. The caller
390 // should pass the value into |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed.
391 //
392 // In TLS, a non-blocking |SSL_write| differs from non-blocking |write| in that
393 // a failed |SSL_write| still commits to the data passed in. When retrying, the
394 // caller must supply the original write buffer (or a larger one containing the
395 // original as a prefix). By default, retries will fail if they also do not
396 // reuse the same |buf| pointer. This may be relaxed with
397 // |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER|, but the buffer contents still must be
398 // unchanged.
399 //
400 // By default, in TLS, |SSL_write| will not return success until all |num| bytes
401 // are written. This may be relaxed with |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE|. It
402 // allows |SSL_write| to complete with a partial result when only part of the
403 // input was written in a single record.
404 //
405 // In DTLS, neither |SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER| and
406 // |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE| do anything. The caller may retry with a
407 // different buffer freely. A single call to |SSL_write| only ever writes a
408 // single record in a single packet, so |num| must be at most
409 // |SSL3_RT_MAX_PLAIN_LENGTH|.
410 //
411 // TODO(davidben): Ensure 0 is only returned on transport EOF.
412 // https://crbug.com/466303.
413 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_write(SSL *ssl, const void *buf, int num);
414 
415 // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should reply to a KeyUpdate
416 // message with its own, thus updating traffic secrets for both directions on
417 // the connection.
418 #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_REQUESTED 1
419 
420 // SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED indicates that the peer should not reply with
421 // it's own KeyUpdate message.
422 #define SSL_KEY_UPDATE_NOT_REQUESTED 0
423 
424 // SSL_key_update queues a TLS 1.3 KeyUpdate message to be sent on |ssl|
425 // if one is not already queued. The |request_type| argument must one of the
426 // |SSL_KEY_UPDATE_*| values. This function requires that |ssl| have completed a
427 // TLS >= 1.3 handshake. It returns one on success or zero on error.
428 //
429 // Note that this function does not _send_ the message itself. The next call to
430 // |SSL_write| will cause the message to be sent. |SSL_write| may be called with
431 // a zero length to flush a KeyUpdate message when no application data is
432 // pending.
433 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_key_update(SSL *ssl, int request_type);
434 
435 // SSL_shutdown shuts down |ssl|. It runs in two stages. First, it sends
436 // close_notify and returns zero or one on success or -1 on failure. Zero
437 // indicates that close_notify was sent, but not received, and one additionally
438 // indicates that the peer's close_notify had already been received.
439 //
440 // To then wait for the peer's close_notify, run |SSL_shutdown| to completion a
441 // second time. This returns 1 on success and -1 on failure. Application data
442 // is considered a fatal error at this point. To process or discard it, read
443 // until close_notify with |SSL_read| instead.
444 //
445 // In both cases, on failure, pass the return value into |SSL_get_error| to
446 // determine how to proceed.
447 //
448 // Most callers should stop at the first stage. Reading for close_notify is
449 // primarily used for uncommon protocols where the underlying transport is
450 // reused after TLS completes. Additionally, DTLS uses an unordered transport
451 // and is unordered, so the second stage is a no-op in DTLS.
452 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_shutdown(SSL *ssl);
453 
454 // SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ctx| to |mode|. If
455 // enabled, |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one
456 // from the peer. It will instead synchronously return one.
457 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode);
458 
459 // SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for
460 // |ctx|.
461 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
462 
463 // SSL_set_quiet_shutdown sets quiet shutdown on |ssl| to |mode|. If enabled,
464 // |SSL_shutdown| will not send a close_notify alert or wait for one from the
465 // peer. It will instead synchronously return one.
466 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quiet_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode);
467 
468 // SSL_get_quiet_shutdown returns whether quiet shutdown is enabled for
469 // |ssl|.
470 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_quiet_shutdown(const SSL *ssl);
471 
472 // SSL_get_error returns a |SSL_ERROR_*| value for the most recent operation on
473 // |ssl|. It should be called after an operation failed to determine whether the
474 // error was fatal and, if not, when to retry.
475 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_error(const SSL *ssl, int ret_code);
476 
477 // SSL_ERROR_NONE indicates the operation succeeded.
478 #define SSL_ERROR_NONE 0
479 
480 // SSL_ERROR_SSL indicates the operation failed within the library. The caller
481 // may inspect the error queue for more information.
482 #define SSL_ERROR_SSL 1
483 
484 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ indicates the operation failed attempting to read from
485 // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready
486 // for reading.
487 //
488 // If signaled by a DTLS handshake, the caller must also call
489 // |DTLSv1_get_timeout| and |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| as appropriate. See
490 // |SSL_do_handshake|.
491 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ 2
492 
493 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE indicates the operation failed attempting to write to
494 // the transport. The caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready
495 // for writing.
496 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE 3
497 
498 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP indicates the operation failed in calling the
499 // |cert_cb| or |client_cert_cb|. The caller may retry the operation when the
500 // callback is ready to return a certificate or one has been configured
501 // externally.
502 //
503 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb|.
504 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP 4
505 
506 // SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL indicates the operation failed externally to the library.
507 // The caller should consult the system-specific error mechanism. This is
508 // typically |errno| but may be something custom if using a custom |BIO|. It
509 // may also be signaled if the transport returned EOF, in which case the
510 // operation's return value will be zero.
511 #define SSL_ERROR_SYSCALL 5
512 
513 // SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN indicates the operation failed because the connection
514 // was cleanly shut down with a close_notify alert.
515 #define SSL_ERROR_ZERO_RETURN 6
516 
517 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT indicates the operation failed attempting to connect
518 // the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_CONNECT|). The caller may retry the
519 // operation when the transport is ready.
520 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CONNECT 7
521 
522 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT indicates the operation failed attempting to accept a
523 // connection from the transport (the |BIO| signaled |BIO_RR_ACCEPT|). The
524 // caller may retry the operation when the transport is ready.
525 //
526 // TODO(davidben): Remove this. It's used by accept BIOs which are bizarre.
527 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_ACCEPT 8
528 
529 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP is never used.
530 //
531 // TODO(davidben): Remove this. Some callers reference it when stringifying
532 // errors. They should use |SSL_error_description| instead.
533 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CHANNEL_ID_LOOKUP 9
534 
535 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION indicates the operation failed because the session
536 // lookup callback indicated the session was unavailable. The caller may retry
537 // the operation when lookup has completed.
538 //
539 // See also |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|.
540 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION 11
541 
542 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE indicates the operation failed because the
543 // early callback indicated certificate lookup was incomplete. The caller may
544 // retry the operation when lookup has completed.
545 //
546 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|.
547 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE 12
548 
549 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION indicates the operation failed because
550 // a private key operation was unfinished. The caller may retry the operation
551 // when the private key operation is complete.
552 //
553 // See also |SSL_set_private_key_method| and
554 // |SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method|.
555 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION 13
556 
557 // SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET indicates that a ticket decryption is pending. The
558 // caller may retry the operation when the decryption is ready.
559 //
560 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method|.
561 #define SSL_ERROR_PENDING_TICKET 14
562 
563 // SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED indicates that early data was rejected. The
564 // caller should treat this as a connection failure and retry any operations
565 // associated with the rejected early data. |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| may be
566 // used to reuse the underlying connection for the retry.
567 #define SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED 15
568 
569 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY indicates the operation failed because
570 // certificate verification was incomplete. The caller may retry the operation
571 // when certificate verification is complete.
572 //
573 // See also |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|.
574 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY 16
575 
576 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF 17
577 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK 18
578 
579 // SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE indicates the operation is pending a response to
580 // a renegotiation request from the server. The caller may call
581 // |SSL_renegotiate| to schedule a renegotiation and retry the operation.
582 //
583 // See also |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|.
584 #define SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE 19
585 
586 // SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY indicates the handshake has progressed enough
587 // for |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to be called. See also
588 // |SSL_request_handshake_hints|.
589 #define SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY 20
590 
591 // SSL_error_description returns a string representation of |err|, where |err|
592 // is one of the |SSL_ERROR_*| constants returned by |SSL_get_error|, or NULL
593 // if the value is unrecognized.
594 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_error_description(int err);
595 
596 // SSL_set_mtu sets the |ssl|'s MTU in DTLS to |mtu|. It returns one on success
597 // and zero on failure.
598 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_mtu(SSL *ssl, unsigned mtu);
599 
600 // DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration sets the initial duration for a DTLS
601 // handshake timeout.
602 //
603 // This duration overrides the default of 1 second, which is the strong
604 // recommendation of RFC 6347 (see section 4.2.4.1). However, there may exist
605 // situations where a shorter timeout would be beneficial, such as for
606 // time-sensitive applications.
607 OPENSSL_EXPORT void DTLSv1_set_initial_timeout_duration(SSL *ssl,
608                                                         unsigned duration_ms);
609 
610 // DTLSv1_get_timeout queries the next DTLS handshake timeout. If there is a
611 // timeout in progress, it sets |*out| to the time remaining and returns one.
612 // Otherwise, it returns zero.
613 //
614 // When the timeout expires, call |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| to handle the
615 // retransmit behavior.
616 //
617 // NOTE: This function must be queried again whenever the handshake state
618 // machine changes, including when |DTLSv1_handle_timeout| is called.
619 OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_get_timeout(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out);
620 
621 // DTLSv1_handle_timeout is called when a DTLS handshake timeout expires. If no
622 // timeout had expired, it returns 0. Otherwise, it retransmits the previous
623 // flight of handshake messages and returns 1. If too many timeouts had expired
624 // without progress or an error occurs, it returns -1.
625 //
626 // The caller's external timer should be compatible with the one |ssl| queries
627 // within some fudge factor. Otherwise, the call will be a no-op, but
628 // |DTLSv1_get_timeout| will return an updated timeout.
629 //
630 // If the function returns -1, checking if |SSL_get_error| returns
631 // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE| may be used to determine if the retransmit failed due
632 // to a non-fatal error at the write |BIO|. However, the operation may not be
633 // retried until the next timeout fires.
634 //
635 // WARNING: This function breaks the usual return value convention.
636 //
637 // TODO(davidben): This |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE| behavior is kind of bizarre.
638 OPENSSL_EXPORT int DTLSv1_handle_timeout(SSL *ssl);
639 
640 
641 // Protocol versions.
642 
643 #define DTLS1_VERSION_MAJOR 0xfe
644 #define SSL3_VERSION_MAJOR 0x03
645 
646 #define SSL3_VERSION 0x0300
647 #define TLS1_VERSION 0x0301
648 #define TLS1_1_VERSION 0x0302
649 #define TLS1_2_VERSION 0x0303
650 #define TLS1_3_VERSION 0x0304
651 
652 #define DTLS1_VERSION 0xfeff
653 #define DTLS1_2_VERSION 0xfefd
654 
655 // SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ctx| to
656 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It
657 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid.
658 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx,
659                                                  uint16_t version);
660 
661 // SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ctx| to
662 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It
663 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid.
664 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version(SSL_CTX *ctx,
665                                                  uint16_t version);
666 
667 // SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ctx|
668 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_min_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
669 
670 // SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ctx|
671 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CTX_get_max_proto_version(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
672 
673 // SSL_set_min_proto_version sets the minimum protocol version for |ssl| to
674 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default minimum version is used. It
675 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid.
676 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_min_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version);
677 
678 // SSL_set_max_proto_version sets the maximum protocol version for |ssl| to
679 // |version|. If |version| is zero, the default maximum version is used. It
680 // returns one on success and zero if |version| is invalid.
681 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_proto_version(SSL *ssl, uint16_t version);
682 
683 // SSL_get_min_proto_version returns the minimum protocol version for |ssl|. If
684 // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned.
685 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_min_proto_version(const SSL *ssl);
686 
687 // SSL_get_max_proto_version returns the maximum protocol version for |ssl|. If
688 // the connection's configuration has been shed, 0 is returned.
689 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_max_proto_version(const SSL *ssl);
690 
691 // SSL_version returns the TLS or DTLS protocol version used by |ssl|, which is
692 // one of the |*_VERSION| values. (E.g. |TLS1_2_VERSION|.) Before the version
693 // is negotiated, the result is undefined.
694 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_version(const SSL *ssl);
695 
696 
697 // Options.
698 //
699 // Options configure protocol behavior.
700 
701 // SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU, in DTLS, disables querying the MTU from the underlying
702 // |BIO|. Instead, the MTU is configured with |SSL_set_mtu|.
703 #define SSL_OP_NO_QUERY_MTU 0x00001000L
704 
705 // SSL_OP_NO_TICKET disables session ticket support (RFC 5077).
706 #define SSL_OP_NO_TICKET 0x00004000L
707 
708 // SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE configures servers to select ciphers and
709 // ECDHE curves according to the server's preferences instead of the
710 // client's.
711 #define SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE 0x00400000L
712 
713 // The following flags toggle individual protocol versions. This is deprecated.
714 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version|
715 // instead.
716 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1 0x04000000L
717 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2 0x08000000L
718 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_1 0x10000000L
719 #define SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_3 0x20000000L
720 #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1
721 #define SSL_OP_NO_DTLSv1_2 SSL_OP_NO_TLSv1_2
722 
723 // SSL_CTX_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one
724 // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a
725 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options.
726 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options);
727 
728 // SSL_CTX_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be
729 // one or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a
730 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options.
731 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_options(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t options);
732 
733 // SSL_CTX_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all
734 // the options enabled for |ctx|.
735 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_options(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
736 
737 // SSL_set_options enables all options set in |options| (which should be one or
738 // more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask
739 // representing the resulting enabled options.
740 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options);
741 
742 // SSL_clear_options disables all options set in |options| (which should be one
743 // or more of the |SSL_OP_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a
744 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled options.
745 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_options(SSL *ssl, uint32_t options);
746 
747 // SSL_get_options returns a bitmask of |SSL_OP_*| values that represent all the
748 // options enabled for |ssl|.
749 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_options(const SSL *ssl);
750 
751 
752 // Modes.
753 //
754 // Modes configure API behavior.
755 
756 // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE, in TLS, allows |SSL_write| to complete with a
757 // partial result when the only part of the input was written in a single
758 // record. In DTLS, it does nothing.
759 #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE 0x00000001L
760 
761 // SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER, in TLS, allows retrying an incomplete
762 // |SSL_write| with a different buffer. However, |SSL_write| still assumes the
763 // buffer contents are unchanged. This is not the default to avoid the
764 // misconception that non-blocking |SSL_write| behaves like non-blocking
765 // |write|. In DTLS, it does nothing.
766 #define SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER 0x00000002L
767 
768 // SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN disables automatically building a certificate chain
769 // before sending certificates to the peer. This flag is set (and the feature
770 // disabled) by default.
771 // TODO(davidben): Remove this behavior. https://crbug.com/boringssl/42.
772 #define SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN 0x00000008L
773 
774 // SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START allows clients to send application data before
775 // receipt of ChangeCipherSpec and Finished. This mode enables full handshakes
776 // to 'complete' in one RTT. See RFC 7918.
777 //
778 // When False Start is enabled, |SSL_do_handshake| may succeed before the
779 // handshake has completely finished. |SSL_write| will function at this point,
780 // and |SSL_read| will transparently wait for the final handshake leg before
781 // returning application data. To determine if False Start occurred or when the
782 // handshake is completely finished, see |SSL_in_false_start|, |SSL_in_init|,
783 // and |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| from |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|.
784 #define SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START 0x00000080L
785 
786 // SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING causes multi-byte CBC records in TLS 1.0 to be
787 // split in two: the first record will contain a single byte and the second will
788 // contain the remainder. This effectively randomises the IV and prevents BEAST
789 // attacks.
790 #define SSL_MODE_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING 0x00000100L
791 
792 // SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION will cause any attempts to create a session to
793 // fail with SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED. This can be used to enforce that
794 // session resumption is used for a given SSL*.
795 #define SSL_MODE_NO_SESSION_CREATION 0x00000200L
796 
797 // SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV sends TLS_FALLBACK_SCSV in the ClientHello.
798 // To be set only by applications that reconnect with a downgraded protocol
799 // version; see RFC 7507 for details.
800 //
801 // DO NOT ENABLE THIS if your application attempts a normal handshake. Only use
802 // this in explicit fallback retries, following the guidance in RFC 7507.
803 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_FALLBACK_SCSV 0x00000400L
804 
805 // SSL_CTX_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more
806 // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a bitmask
807 // representing the resulting enabled modes.
808 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode);
809 
810 // SSL_CTX_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or
811 // more of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ctx|. It returns a
812 // bitmask representing the resulting enabled modes.
813 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_clear_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t mode);
814 
815 // SSL_CTX_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all
816 // the modes enabled for |ssl|.
817 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
818 
819 // SSL_set_mode enables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more of
820 // the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask
821 // representing the resulting enabled modes.
822 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_set_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode);
823 
824 // SSL_clear_mode disables all modes set in |mode| (which should be one or more
825 // of the |SSL_MODE_*| values, ORed together) in |ssl|. It returns a bitmask
826 // representing the resulting enabled modes.
827 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_clear_mode(SSL *ssl, uint32_t mode);
828 
829 // SSL_get_mode returns a bitmask of |SSL_MODE_*| values that represent all the
830 // modes enabled for |ssl|.
831 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_get_mode(const SSL *ssl);
832 
833 // SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool sets a |CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL| that will be used to
834 // store certificates. This can allow multiple connections to share
835 // certificates and thus save memory.
836 //
837 // The SSL_CTX does not take ownership of |pool| and the caller must ensure
838 // that |pool| outlives |ctx| and all objects linked to it, including |SSL|,
839 // |X509| and |SSL_SESSION| objects. Basically, don't ever free |pool|.
840 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_buffer_pool(SSL_CTX *ctx,
841                                              CRYPTO_BUFFER_POOL *pool);
842 
843 
844 // Configuring certificates and private keys.
845 //
846 // These functions configure the connection's leaf certificate, private key, and
847 // certificate chain. The certificate chain is ordered leaf to root (as sent on
848 // the wire) but does not include the leaf. Both client and server certificates
849 // use these functions.
850 //
851 // Certificates and keys may be configured before the handshake or dynamically
852 // in the early callback and certificate callback.
853 
854 // SSL_CTX_use_certificate sets |ctx|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns
855 // one on success and zero on failure.
856 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509);
857 
858 // SSL_use_certificate sets |ssl|'s leaf certificate to |x509|. It returns one
859 // on success and zero on failure.
860 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509);
861 
862 // SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on
863 // success and zero on failure.
864 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
865 
866 // SSL_use_PrivateKey sets |ssl|'s private key to |pkey|. It returns one on
867 // success and zero on failure.
868 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *pkey);
869 
870 // SSL_CTX_set0_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to
871 // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|.
872 // Otherwise, it returns zero.
873 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain);
874 
875 // SSL_CTX_set1_chain sets |ctx|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to
876 // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains
877 // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely.
878 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_chain(SSL_CTX *ctx, STACK_OF(X509) *chain);
879 
880 // SSL_set0_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to
881 // |chain|. On success, it returns one and takes ownership of |chain|.
882 // Otherwise, it returns zero.
883 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain);
884 
885 // SSL_set1_chain sets |ssl|'s certificate chain, excluding the leaf, to
886 // |chain|. It returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains
887 // ownership of |chain| and may release it freely.
888 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_chain(SSL *ssl, STACK_OF(X509) *chain);
889 
890 // SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On
891 // success, it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns
892 // zero.
893 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509);
894 
895 // SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It
896 // returns one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of
897 // |x509| and may release it freely.
898 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509);
899 
900 // SSL_add0_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. On success,
901 // it returns one and takes ownership of |x509|. Otherwise, it returns zero.
902 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add0_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509);
903 
904 // SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert calls |SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert|.
905 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509);
906 
907 // SSL_add1_chain_cert appends |x509| to |ctx|'s certificate chain. It returns
908 // one on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |x509|
909 // and may release it freely.
910 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add1_chain_cert(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509);
911 
912 // SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs clears |ctx|'s certificate chain and returns
913 // one.
914 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx);
915 
916 // SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs|.
917 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx);
918 
919 // SSL_clear_chain_certs clears |ssl|'s certificate chain and returns one.
920 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear_chain_certs(SSL *ssl);
921 
922 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate.
923 // The callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative
924 // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused,
925 // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|.
926 //
927 // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and
928 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate
929 // request.
930 //
931 // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been
932 // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs
933 // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate.
934 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,
935                                         int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg),
936                                         void *arg);
937 
938 // SSL_set_cert_cb sets a callback that is called to select a certificate. The
939 // callback returns one on success, zero on internal error, and a negative
940 // number on failure or to pause the handshake. If the handshake is paused,
941 // |SSL_get_error| will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|.
942 //
943 // On the client, the callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and
944 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate
945 // request.
946 //
947 // On the server, the callback will be called after extensions have been
948 // processed, but before the resumption decision has been made. This differs
949 // from OpenSSL which handles resumption before selecting the certificate.
950 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_cert_cb(SSL *ssl, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, void *arg),
951                                     void *arg);
952 
953 // SSL_get0_certificate_types, for a client, sets |*out_types| to an array
954 // containing the client certificate types requested by a server. It returns the
955 // length of the array. Note this list is always empty in TLS 1.3. The server
956 // will instead send signature algorithms. See
957 // |SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms|.
958 //
959 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by
960 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the
961 // handshake is paused because of them.
962 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get0_certificate_types(const SSL *ssl,
963                                                  const uint8_t **out_types);
964 
965 // SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array containing
966 // the signature algorithms the peer is able to verify. It returns the length of
967 // the array. Note these values are only sent starting TLS 1.2 and only
968 // mandatory starting TLS 1.3. If not sent, the empty array is returned. For the
969 // historical client certificate types list, see |SSL_get0_certificate_types|.
970 //
971 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by
972 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the
973 // handshake is paused because of them.
974 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t
975 SSL_get0_peer_verify_algorithms(const SSL *ssl, const uint16_t **out_sigalgs);
976 
977 // SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms sets |*out_sigalgs| to an array
978 // containing the signature algorithms the peer is willing to use with delegated
979 // credentials.  It returns the length of the array. If not sent, the empty
980 // array is returned.
981 //
982 // The behavior of this function is undefined except during the callbacks set by
983 // by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or when the
984 // handshake is paused because of them.
985 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t
986 SSL_get0_peer_delegation_algorithms(const SSL *ssl,
987                                     const uint16_t **out_sigalgs);
988 
989 // SSL_certs_clear resets the private key, leaf certificate, and certificate
990 // chain of |ssl|.
991 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_certs_clear(SSL *ssl);
992 
993 // SSL_CTX_check_private_key returns one if the certificate and private key
994 // configured in |ctx| are consistent and zero otherwise.
995 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_check_private_key(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
996 
997 // SSL_check_private_key returns one if the certificate and private key
998 // configured in |ssl| are consistent and zero otherwise.
999 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_check_private_key(const SSL *ssl);
1000 
1001 // SSL_CTX_get0_certificate returns |ctx|'s leaf certificate.
1002 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_CTX_get0_certificate(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1003 
1004 // SSL_get_certificate returns |ssl|'s leaf certificate.
1005 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_certificate(const SSL *ssl);
1006 
1007 // SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey returns |ctx|'s private key.
1008 OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_CTX_get0_privatekey(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1009 
1010 // SSL_get_privatekey returns |ssl|'s private key.
1011 OPENSSL_EXPORT EVP_PKEY *SSL_get_privatekey(const SSL *ssl);
1012 
1013 // SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ctx|'s certificate chain and
1014 // returns one.
1015 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx,
1016                                             STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain);
1017 
1018 // SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs calls |SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs|.
1019 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs(const SSL_CTX *ctx,
1020                                                  STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain);
1021 
1022 // SSL_get0_chain_certs sets |*out_chain| to |ssl|'s certificate chain and
1023 // returns one.
1024 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get0_chain_certs(const SSL *ssl,
1025                                         STACK_OF(X509) **out_chain);
1026 
1027 // SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate
1028 // timestamps that is sent to clients that request it. The |list| argument must
1029 // contain one or more SCT structures serialised as a SignedCertificateTimestamp
1030 // List (see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3) – i.e. each SCT
1031 // is prefixed by a big-endian, uint16 length and the concatenation of one or
1032 // more such prefixed SCTs are themselves also prefixed by a uint16 length. It
1033 // returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains ownership of
1034 // |list|.
1035 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1036                                                           const uint8_t *list,
1037                                                           size_t list_len);
1038 
1039 // SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets the list of signed certificate
1040 // timestamps that is sent to clients that request is. The same format as the
1041 // one used for |SSL_CTX_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list| applies. The caller
1042 // retains ownership of |list|.
1043 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signed_cert_timestamp_list(SSL *ctx,
1044                                                       const uint8_t *list,
1045                                                       size_t list_len);
1046 
1047 // SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients
1048 // which request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller
1049 // retains ownership of |response|.
1050 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ocsp_response(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1051                                              const uint8_t *response,
1052                                              size_t response_len);
1053 
1054 // SSL_set_ocsp_response sets the OCSP response that is sent to clients which
1055 // request it. It returns one on success and zero on error. The caller retains
1056 // ownership of |response|.
1057 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ocsp_response(SSL *ssl,
1058                                          const uint8_t *response,
1059                                          size_t response_len);
1060 
1061 // SSL_SIGN_* are signature algorithm values as defined in TLS 1.3.
1062 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA1 0x0201
1063 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA256 0x0401
1064 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA384 0x0501
1065 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_SHA512 0x0601
1066 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SHA1 0x0203
1067 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP256R1_SHA256 0x0403
1068 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP384R1_SHA384 0x0503
1069 #define SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_SECP521R1_SHA512 0x0603
1070 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256 0x0804
1071 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384 0x0805
1072 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512 0x0806
1073 #define SSL_SIGN_ED25519 0x0807
1074 
1075 // SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 is an internal signature algorithm used to
1076 // specify raw RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 with an MD5/SHA-1 concatenation, as used in TLS
1077 // before TLS 1.2.
1078 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1 0xff01
1079 
1080 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name returns a human-readable name for |sigalg|,
1081 // or NULL if unknown. If |include_curve| is one, the curve for ECDSA algorithms
1082 // is included as in TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it is excluded as in TLS 1.2.
1083 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name(uint16_t sigalg,
1084                                                             int include_curve);
1085 
1086 // SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names outputs a list of possible strings
1087 // |SSL_get_signature_algorithm_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL.
1088 // It writes at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it
1089 // would have written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be
1090 // initially set to zero to size the output.
1091 //
1092 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want
1093 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list
1094 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain
1095 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every
1096 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this
1097 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services.
1098 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_signature_algorithm_names(const char **out,
1099                                                             size_t max_out);
1100 
1101 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type returns the key type associated with
1102 // |sigalg| as an |EVP_PKEY_*| constant or |EVP_PKEY_NONE| if unknown.
1103 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_signature_algorithm_key_type(uint16_t sigalg);
1104 
1105 // SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest returns the digest function associated
1106 // with |sigalg| or |NULL| if |sigalg| has no prehash (Ed25519) or is unknown.
1107 OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_get_signature_algorithm_digest(
1108     uint16_t sigalg);
1109 
1110 // SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss returns one if |sigalg| is an RSA-PSS
1111 // signature algorithm and zero otherwise.
1112 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_signature_algorithm_rsa_pss(uint16_t sigalg);
1113 
1114 // SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the
1115 // preference list when signing with |ctx|'s private key. It returns one on
1116 // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value
1117 // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|.
1118 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1119                                                        const uint16_t *prefs,
1120                                                        size_t num_prefs);
1121 
1122 // SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the
1123 // preference list when signing with |ssl|'s private key. It returns one on
1124 // success and zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only value
1125 // |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|.
1126 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl,
1127                                                    const uint16_t *prefs,
1128                                                    size_t num_prefs);
1129 
1130 
1131 // Certificate and private key convenience functions.
1132 
1133 // SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a
1134 // TLS client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY|
1135 // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method|
1136 // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error.
1137 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key(
1138     SSL_CTX *ctx, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs,
1139     EVP_PKEY *privkey, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method);
1140 
1141 // SSL_set_chain_and_key sets the certificate chain and private key for a TLS
1142 // client or server. References to the given |CRYPTO_BUFFER| and |EVP_PKEY|
1143 // objects are added as needed. Exactly one of |privkey| or |privkey_method|
1144 // may be non-NULL. Returns one on success and zero on error.
1145 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_chain_and_key(
1146     SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER *const *certs, size_t num_certs, EVP_PKEY *privkey,
1147     const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *privkey_method);
1148 
1149 // SSL_CTX_get0_chain returns the list of |CRYPTO_BUFFER|s that were set by
1150 // |SSL_CTX_set_chain_and_key|. Reference counts are not incremented by this
1151 // call. The return value may be |NULL| if no chain has been set.
1152 //
1153 // (Note: if a chain was configured by non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER|-based functions then
1154 // the return value is undefined and, even if not NULL, the stack itself may
1155 // contain nullptrs. Thus you shouldn't mix this function with
1156 // non-|CRYPTO_BUFFER| functions for manipulating the chain.)
1157 //
1158 // There is no |SSL*| version of this function because connections discard
1159 // configuration after handshaking, thus making it of questionable utility.
1160 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER)*
1161     SSL_CTX_get0_chain(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1162 
1163 // SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one
1164 // on success and zero on failure.
1165 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *rsa);
1166 
1167 // SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey sets |ctx|'s private key to |rsa|. It returns one on
1168 // success and zero on failure.
1169 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey(SSL *ssl, RSA *rsa);
1170 
1171 // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as
1172 // input DER-encoded structures. They return one on success and zero on
1173 // failure.
1174 
1175 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t der_len,
1176                                                 const uint8_t *der);
1177 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der,
1178                                             size_t der_len);
1179 
1180 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int pk, SSL_CTX *ctx,
1181                                                const uint8_t *der,
1182                                                size_t der_len);
1183 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_ASN1(int type, SSL *ssl,
1184                                            const uint8_t *der, size_t der_len);
1185 
1186 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1187                                                   const uint8_t *der,
1188                                                   size_t der_len);
1189 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_ASN1(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *der,
1190                                               size_t der_len);
1191 
1192 // The following functions configure certificates or private keys but take as
1193 // input files to read from. They return one on success and zero on failure. The
1194 // |type| parameter is one of the |SSL_FILETYPE_*| values and determines whether
1195 // the file's contents are read as PEM or DER.
1196 
1197 #define SSL_FILETYPE_PEM 1
1198 #define SSL_FILETYPE_ASN1 2
1199 
1200 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1201                                                   const char *file,
1202                                                   int type);
1203 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_RSAPrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file,
1204                                               int type);
1205 
1206 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file,
1207                                                 int type);
1208 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_certificate_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file,
1209                                             int type);
1210 
1211 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *file,
1212                                                int type);
1213 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_PrivateKey_file(SSL *ssl, const char *file,
1214                                            int type);
1215 
1216 // SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file configures certificates for |ctx|. It
1217 // reads the contents of |file| as a PEM-encoded leaf certificate followed
1218 // optionally by the certificate chain to send to the peer. It returns one on
1219 // success and zero on failure.
1220 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_certificate_chain_file(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1221                                                       const char *file);
1222 
1223 // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb sets the password callback for PEM-based
1224 // convenience functions called on |ctx|.
1225 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1226                                                   pem_password_cb *cb);
1227 
1228 // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb returns the callback set by
1229 // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb|.
1230 OPENSSL_EXPORT pem_password_cb *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb(
1231     const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1232 
1233 // SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata sets the userdata parameter for
1234 // |ctx|'s password callback.
1235 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1236                                                            void *data);
1237 
1238 // SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata returns the userdata parameter set by
1239 // |SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata|.
1240 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_default_passwd_cb_userdata(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1241 
1242 
1243 // Custom private keys.
1244 
1245 enum ssl_private_key_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
1246   ssl_private_key_success,
1247   ssl_private_key_retry,
1248   ssl_private_key_failure,
1249 };
1250 
1251 // ssl_private_key_method_st (aka |SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD|) describes private
1252 // key hooks. This is used to off-load signing operations to a custom,
1253 // potentially asynchronous, backend. Metadata about the key such as the type
1254 // and size are parsed out of the certificate.
1255 //
1256 // Callers that use this structure should additionally call
1257 // |SSL_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| or |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs|
1258 // with the private key's capabilities. This ensures BoringSSL will select a
1259 // suitable signature algorithm for the private key.
1260 struct ssl_private_key_method_st {
1261   // sign signs the message |in| in using the specified signature algorithm. On
1262   // success, it returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes at most |max_out|
1263   // bytes of signature data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes
1264   // written. On failure, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation
1265   // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. |sign| should
1266   // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the
1267   // operation is completed. This will result in a call to |complete|.
1268   //
1269   // |signature_algorithm| is one of the |SSL_SIGN_*| values, as defined in TLS
1270   // 1.3. Note that, in TLS 1.2, ECDSA algorithms do not require that curve
1271   // sizes match hash sizes, so the curve portion of |SSL_SIGN_ECDSA_*| values
1272   // must be ignored. BoringSSL will internally handle the curve matching logic
1273   // where appropriate.
1274   //
1275   // It is an error to call |sign| while another private key operation is in
1276   // progress on |ssl|.
1277   enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*sign)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len,
1278                                         size_t max_out,
1279                                         uint16_t signature_algorithm,
1280                                         const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len);
1281 
1282   // decrypt decrypts |in_len| bytes of encrypted data from |in|. On success it
1283   // returns |ssl_private_key_success|, writes at most |max_out| bytes of
1284   // decrypted data to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the actual number of bytes
1285   // written. On failure it returns |ssl_private_key_failure|. If the operation
1286   // has not completed, it returns |ssl_private_key_retry|. The caller should
1287   // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the
1288   // operation is completed, which will result in a call to |complete|. This
1289   // function only works with RSA keys and should perform a raw RSA decryption
1290   // operation with no padding.
1291   //
1292   // It is an error to call |decrypt| while another private key operation is in
1293   // progress on |ssl|.
1294   enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*decrypt)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
1295                                            size_t *out_len, size_t max_out,
1296                                            const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len);
1297 
1298   // complete completes a pending operation. If the operation has completed, it
1299   // returns |ssl_private_key_success| and writes the result to |out| as in
1300   // |sign|. Otherwise, it returns |ssl_private_key_failure| on failure and
1301   // |ssl_private_key_retry| if the operation is still in progress.
1302   //
1303   // |complete| may be called arbitrarily many times before completion, but it
1304   // is an error to call |complete| if there is no pending operation in progress
1305   // on |ssl|.
1306   enum ssl_private_key_result_t (*complete)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
1307                                             size_t *out_len, size_t max_out);
1308 };
1309 
1310 // SSL_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ssl|.
1311 // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ssl|.
1312 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_private_key_method(
1313     SSL *ssl, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method);
1314 
1315 // SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method configures a custom private key on |ctx|.
1316 // |key_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|.
1317 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_private_key_method(
1318     SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method);
1319 
1320 // SSL_can_release_private_key returns one if |ssl| will no longer call into the
1321 // private key and zero otherwise. If the function returns one, the caller can
1322 // release state associated with the private key.
1323 //
1324 // NOTE: This function assumes the caller does not use |SSL_clear| to reuse
1325 // |ssl| for a second connection. If |SSL_clear| is used, BoringSSL may still
1326 // use the private key on the second connection.
1327 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_can_release_private_key(const SSL *ssl);
1328 
1329 
1330 // Cipher suites.
1331 //
1332 // |SSL_CIPHER| objects represent cipher suites.
1333 
1334 DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER)
1335 
1336 // SSL_get_cipher_by_value returns the structure representing a TLS cipher
1337 // suite based on its assigned number, or NULL if unknown. See
1338 // https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-parameters/tls-parameters.xhtml#tls-parameters-4.
1339 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_cipher_by_value(uint16_t value);
1340 
1341 // SSL_CIPHER_get_id returns |cipher|'s non-IANA id. This is not its
1342 // IANA-assigned number, which is called the "value" here, although it may be
1343 // cast to a |uint16_t| to get it.
1344 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CIPHER_get_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1345 
1346 // SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id returns |cipher|'s IANA-assigned number.
1347 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_protocol_id(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1348 
1349 // SSL_CIPHER_is_aead returns one if |cipher| uses an AEAD cipher.
1350 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_aead(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1351 
1352 // SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher returns one if |cipher| is a block cipher.
1353 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_is_block_cipher(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1354 
1355 // SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s bulk
1356 // cipher. Possible values are |NID_aes_128_gcm|, |NID_aes_256_gcm|,
1357 // |NID_chacha20_poly1305|, |NID_aes_128_cbc|, |NID_aes_256_cbc|, and
1358 // |NID_des_ede3_cbc|.
1359 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_cipher_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1360 
1361 // SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s HMAC if it is a
1362 // legacy cipher suite. For modern AEAD-based ciphers (see
1363 // |SSL_CIPHER_is_aead|), it returns |NID_undef|.
1364 //
1365 // Note this function only returns the legacy HMAC digest, not the PRF hash.
1366 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_digest_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1367 
1368 // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s key exchange. This may
1369 // be |NID_kx_rsa|, |NID_kx_ecdhe|, or |NID_kx_psk| for TLS 1.2. In TLS 1.3,
1370 // cipher suites do not specify the key exchange, so this function returns
1371 // |NID_kx_any|.
1372 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1373 
1374 // SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid returns the NID for |cipher|'s authentication
1375 // type. This may be |NID_auth_rsa|, |NID_auth_ecdsa|, or |NID_auth_psk| for TLS
1376 // 1.2. In TLS 1.3, cipher suites do not specify authentication, so this
1377 // function returns |NID_auth_any|.
1378 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_auth_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1379 
1380 // SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest returns |cipher|'s PRF hash. If |cipher|
1381 // is a pre-TLS-1.2 cipher, it returns |EVP_md5_sha1| but note these ciphers use
1382 // SHA-256 in TLS 1.2. Other return values may be treated uniformly in all
1383 // applicable versions.
1384 OPENSSL_EXPORT const EVP_MD *SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest(
1385     const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1386 
1387 // SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid behaves like |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| but
1388 // returns the NID constant. Use |SSL_CIPHER_get_handshake_digest| instead.
1389 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_prf_nid(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1390 
1391 // SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version returns the minimum protocol version required
1392 // for |cipher|.
1393 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_min_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1394 
1395 // SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version returns the maximum protocol version that
1396 // supports |cipher|.
1397 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_CIPHER_get_max_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1398 
1399 // SSL_CIPHER_standard_name returns the standard IETF name for |cipher|. For
1400 // example, "TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256".
1401 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_standard_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1402 
1403 // SSL_CIPHER_get_name returns the OpenSSL name of |cipher|. For example,
1404 // "ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256". Callers are recommended to use
1405 // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| instead.
1406 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1407 
1408 // SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name returns a string that describes the key-exchange
1409 // method used by |cipher|. For example, "ECDHE_ECDSA". TLS 1.3 AEAD-only
1410 // ciphers return the string "GENERIC".
1411 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_kx_name(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
1412 
1413 // SSL_CIPHER_get_bits returns the strength, in bits, of |cipher|. If
1414 // |out_alg_bits| is not NULL, it writes the number of bits consumed by the
1415 // symmetric algorithm to |*out_alg_bits|.
1416 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher,
1417                                        int *out_alg_bits);
1418 
1419 // SSL_get_all_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings
1420 // |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at
1421 // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have
1422 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set
1423 // to zero to size the output.
1424 //
1425 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want
1426 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list
1427 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain
1428 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every
1429 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this
1430 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services.
1431 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_cipher_names(const char **out,
1432                                                size_t max_out);
1433 
1434 
1435 // SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names outputs a list of possible strings
1436 // |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes
1437 // at most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have
1438 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set
1439 // to zero to size the output.
1440 //
1441 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want
1442 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list
1443 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain
1444 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every
1445 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this
1446 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services.
1447 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_standard_cipher_names(const char **out,
1448                                                         size_t max_out);
1449 
1450 
1451 // Cipher suite configuration.
1452 //
1453 // OpenSSL uses a mini-language to configure cipher suites. The language
1454 // maintains an ordered list of enabled ciphers, along with an ordered list of
1455 // disabled but available ciphers. Initially, all ciphers are disabled with a
1456 // default ordering. The cipher string is then interpreted as a sequence of
1457 // directives, separated by colons, each of which modifies this state.
1458 //
1459 // Most directives consist of a one character or empty opcode followed by a
1460 // selector which matches a subset of available ciphers.
1461 //
1462 // Available opcodes are:
1463 //
1464 //   The empty opcode enables and appends all matching disabled ciphers to the
1465 //   end of the enabled list. The newly appended ciphers are ordered relative to
1466 //   each other matching their order in the disabled list.
1467 //
1468 //   |-| disables all matching enabled ciphers and prepends them to the disabled
1469 //   list, with relative order from the enabled list preserved. This means the
1470 //   most recently disabled ciphers get highest preference relative to other
1471 //   disabled ciphers if re-enabled.
1472 //
1473 //   |+| moves all matching enabled ciphers to the end of the enabled list, with
1474 //   relative order preserved.
1475 //
1476 //   |!| deletes all matching ciphers, enabled or not, from either list. Deleted
1477 //   ciphers will not matched by future operations.
1478 //
1479 // A selector may be a specific cipher (using either the standard or OpenSSL
1480 // name for the cipher) or one or more rules separated by |+|. The final
1481 // selector matches the intersection of each rule. For instance, |AESGCM+aECDSA|
1482 // matches ECDSA-authenticated AES-GCM ciphers.
1483 //
1484 // Available cipher rules are:
1485 //
1486 //   |ALL| matches all ciphers, except for deprecated ciphers which must be
1487 //   named explicitly.
1488 //
1489 //   |kRSA|, |kDHE|, |kECDHE|, and |kPSK| match ciphers using plain RSA, DHE,
1490 //   ECDHE, and plain PSK key exchanges, respectively. Note that ECDHE_PSK is
1491 //   matched by |kECDHE| and not |kPSK|.
1492 //
1493 //   |aRSA|, |aECDSA|, and |aPSK| match ciphers authenticated by RSA, ECDSA, and
1494 //   a pre-shared key, respectively.
1495 //
1496 //   |RSA|, |DHE|, |ECDHE|, |PSK|, |ECDSA|, and |PSK| are aliases for the
1497 //   corresponding |k*| or |a*| cipher rule. |RSA| is an alias for |kRSA|, not
1498 //   |aRSA|.
1499 //
1500 //   |3DES|, |AES128|, |AES256|, |AES|, |AESGCM|, |CHACHA20| match ciphers
1501 //   whose bulk cipher use the corresponding encryption scheme. Note that
1502 //   |AES|, |AES128|, and |AES256| match both CBC and GCM ciphers.
1503 //
1504 //   |SHA1|, and its alias |SHA|, match legacy cipher suites using HMAC-SHA1.
1505 //
1506 // Deprecated cipher rules:
1507 //
1508 //   |kEDH|, |EDH|, |kEECDH|, and |EECDH| are legacy aliases for |kDHE|, |DHE|,
1509 //   |kECDHE|, and |ECDHE|, respectively.
1510 //
1511 //   |HIGH| is an alias for |ALL|.
1512 //
1513 //   |FIPS| is an alias for |HIGH|.
1514 //
1515 //   |SSLv3| and |TLSv1| match ciphers available in TLS 1.1 or earlier.
1516 //   |TLSv1_2| matches ciphers new in TLS 1.2. This is confusing and should not
1517 //   be used.
1518 //
1519 // Unknown rules are silently ignored by legacy APIs, and rejected by APIs with
1520 // "strict" in the name, which should be preferred. Cipher lists can be long
1521 // and it's easy to commit typos. Strict functions will also reject the use of
1522 // spaces, semi-colons and commas as alternative separators.
1523 //
1524 // The special |@STRENGTH| directive will sort all enabled ciphers by strength.
1525 //
1526 // The |DEFAULT| directive, when appearing at the front of the string, expands
1527 // to the default ordering of available ciphers.
1528 //
1529 // If configuring a server, one may also configure equal-preference groups to
1530 // partially respect the client's preferences when
1531 // |SSL_OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE| is enabled. Ciphers in an equal-preference
1532 // group have equal priority and use the client order. This may be used to
1533 // enforce that AEADs are preferred but select AES-GCM vs. ChaCha20-Poly1305
1534 // based on client preferences. An equal-preference is specified with square
1535 // brackets, combining multiple selectors separated by |. For example:
1536 //
1537 //   [TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_CHACHA20_POLY1305_SHA256|TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256]
1538 //
1539 // Once an equal-preference group is used, future directives must be
1540 // opcode-less. Inside an equal-preference group, spaces are not allowed.
1541 //
1542 // TLS 1.3 ciphers do not participate in this mechanism and instead have a
1543 // built-in preference order. Functions to set cipher lists do not affect TLS
1544 // 1.3, and functions to query the cipher list do not include TLS 1.3 ciphers.
1545 
1546 // SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST is the default cipher suite configuration. It is
1547 // substituted when a cipher string starts with 'DEFAULT'.
1548 #define SSL_DEFAULT_CIPHER_LIST "ALL"
1549 
1550 // SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|,
1551 // evaluating |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains
1552 // anything meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
1553 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx,
1554                                                   const char *str);
1555 
1556 // SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ctx|, evaluating
1557 // |str| as a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
1558 //
1559 // Prefer to use |SSL_CTX_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates
1560 // garbage inputs, unless an empty cipher list results.
1561 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str);
1562 
1563 // SSL_set_strict_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating
1564 // |str| as a cipher string and returning error if |str| contains anything
1565 // meaningless. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
1566 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_strict_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str);
1567 
1568 // SSL_set_cipher_list configures the cipher list for |ssl|, evaluating |str| as
1569 // a cipher string. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
1570 //
1571 // Prefer to use |SSL_set_strict_cipher_list|. This function tolerates garbage
1572 // inputs, unless an empty cipher list results.
1573 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_cipher_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str);
1574 
1575 // SSL_CTX_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ctx|, in order of
1576 // preference.
1577 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_CTX_get_ciphers(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1578 
1579 // SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group returns one if the |i|th cipher (see
1580 // |SSL_CTX_get_ciphers|) is in the same equipreference group as the one
1581 // following it and zero otherwise.
1582 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_cipher_in_group(const SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t i);
1583 
1584 // SSL_get_ciphers returns the cipher list for |ssl|, in order of preference.
1585 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_CIPHER) *SSL_get_ciphers(const SSL *ssl);
1586 
1587 
1588 // Connection information.
1589 
1590 // SSL_is_init_finished returns one if |ssl| has completed its initial handshake
1591 // and has no pending handshake. It returns zero otherwise.
1592 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_is_init_finished(const SSL *ssl);
1593 
1594 // SSL_in_init returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake and zero
1595 // otherwise.
1596 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_init(const SSL *ssl);
1597 
1598 // SSL_in_false_start returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that is in
1599 // False Start. |SSL_write| may be called at this point without waiting for the
1600 // peer, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before accepting application
1601 // data.
1602 //
1603 // See also |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START|.
1604 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_false_start(const SSL *ssl);
1605 
1606 // SSL_get_peer_certificate returns the peer's leaf certificate or NULL if the
1607 // peer did not use certificates. The caller must call |X509_free| on the
1608 // result to release it.
1609 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_get_peer_certificate(const SSL *ssl);
1610 
1611 // SSL_get_peer_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain or NULL if
1612 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list
1613 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during
1614 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result.
1615 //
1616 // WARNING: This function behaves differently between client and server. If
1617 // |ssl| is a server, the returned chain does not include the leaf certificate.
1618 // If a client, it does.
1619 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl);
1620 
1621 // SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if
1622 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list
1623 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during
1624 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result.
1625 //
1626 // This is the same as |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| except that this function
1627 // always returns the full chain, i.e. the first element of the return value
1628 // (if any) will be the leaf certificate. In constrast,
1629 // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| returns only the intermediate certificates if the
1630 // |ssl| is a server.
1631 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509) *SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain(const SSL *ssl);
1632 
1633 // SSL_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer's certificate chain, or NULL if
1634 // unavailable or the peer did not use certificates. This is the unverified list
1635 // of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain built during
1636 // verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result.
1637 //
1638 // This is the |CRYPTO_BUFFER| variant of |SSL_get_peer_full_cert_chain|.
1639 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *
1640     SSL_get0_peer_certificates(const SSL *ssl);
1641 
1642 // SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to
1643 // |*out_len| bytes of SCT information from the server. This is only valid if
1644 // |ssl| is a client. The SCT information is a SignedCertificateTimestampList
1645 // (including the two leading length bytes).
1646 // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3
1647 // If no SCT was received then |*out_len| will be zero on return.
1648 //
1649 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed.
1650 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list(const SSL *ssl,
1651                                                         const uint8_t **out,
1652                                                         size_t *out_len);
1653 
1654 // SSL_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to |*out_len|
1655 // bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER encoding of an
1656 // OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560.
1657 //
1658 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed.
1659 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out,
1660                                            size_t *out_len);
1661 
1662 // SSL_get_tls_unique writes at most |max_out| bytes of the tls-unique value
1663 // for |ssl| to |out| and sets |*out_len| to the number of bytes written. It
1664 // returns one on success or zero on error. In general |max_out| should be at
1665 // least 12.
1666 //
1667 // This function will always fail if the initial handshake has not completed.
1668 // The tls-unique value will change after a renegotiation but, since
1669 // renegotiations can be initiated by the server at any point, the higher-level
1670 // protocol must either leave them disabled or define states in which the
1671 // tls-unique value can be read.
1672 //
1673 // The tls-unique value is defined by
1674 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5929#section-3.1. Due to a weakness in the
1675 // TLS protocol, tls-unique is broken for resumed connections unless the
1676 // Extended Master Secret extension is negotiated. Thus this function will
1677 // return zero if |ssl| performed session resumption unless EMS was used when
1678 // negotiating the original session.
1679 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tls_unique(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
1680                                       size_t *out_len, size_t max_out);
1681 
1682 // SSL_get_extms_support returns one if the Extended Master Secret extension or
1683 // TLS 1.3 was negotiated. Otherwise, it returns zero.
1684 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_extms_support(const SSL *ssl);
1685 
1686 // SSL_get_current_cipher returns cipher suite used by |ssl|, or NULL if it has
1687 // not been negotiated yet.
1688 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_current_cipher(const SSL *ssl);
1689 
1690 // SSL_session_reused returns one if |ssl| performed an abbreviated handshake
1691 // and zero otherwise.
1692 //
1693 // TODO(davidben): Hammer down the semantics of this API while a handshake,
1694 // initial or renego, is in progress.
1695 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_session_reused(const SSL *ssl);
1696 
1697 // SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support returns one if the peer supports secure
1698 // renegotiation (RFC 5746) or TLS 1.3. Otherwise, it returns zero.
1699 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support(const SSL *ssl);
1700 
1701 // SSL_export_keying_material exports a value derived from the master secret, as
1702 // specified in RFC 5705. It writes |out_len| bytes to |out| given a label and
1703 // optional context. (Since a zero length context is allowed, the |use_context|
1704 // flag controls whether a context is included.)
1705 //
1706 // It returns one on success and zero otherwise.
1707 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_export_keying_material(
1708     SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t out_len, const char *label, size_t label_len,
1709     const uint8_t *context, size_t context_len, int use_context);
1710 
1711 
1712 // Sessions.
1713 //
1714 // An |SSL_SESSION| represents an SSL session that may be resumed in an
1715 // abbreviated handshake. It is reference-counted and immutable. Once
1716 // established, an |SSL_SESSION| may be shared by multiple |SSL| objects on
1717 // different threads and must not be modified.
1718 //
1719 // Note the TLS notion of "session" is not suitable for application-level
1720 // session state. It is an optional caching mechanism for the handshake. Not all
1721 // connections within an application-level session will reuse TLS sessions. TLS
1722 // sessions may be dropped by the client or ignored by the server at any time.
1723 
1724 DECLARE_PEM_rw(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION)
1725 
1726 // SSL_SESSION_new returns a newly-allocated blank |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on
1727 // error. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be
1728 // used.
1729 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_new(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1730 
1731 // SSL_SESSION_up_ref increments the reference count of |session| and returns
1732 // one.
1733 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_up_ref(SSL_SESSION *session);
1734 
1735 // SSL_SESSION_free decrements the reference count of |session|. If it reaches
1736 // zero, all data referenced by |session| and |session| itself are released.
1737 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_free(SSL_SESSION *session);
1738 
1739 // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes serializes |in| into a newly allocated buffer and sets
1740 // |*out_data| to that buffer and |*out_len| to its length. The caller takes
1741 // ownership of the buffer and must call |OPENSSL_free| when done. It returns
1742 // one on success and zero on error.
1743 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes(const SSL_SESSION *in,
1744                                         uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len);
1745 
1746 // SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket serializes |in|, but excludes the session
1747 // identification information, namely the session ID and ticket.
1748 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_to_bytes_for_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *in,
1749                                                    uint8_t **out_data,
1750                                                    size_t *out_len);
1751 
1752 // SSL_SESSION_from_bytes parses |in_len| bytes from |in| as an SSL_SESSION. It
1753 // returns a newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| on success or NULL on error.
1754 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_from_bytes(
1755     const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len, const SSL_CTX *ctx);
1756 
1757 // SSL_SESSION_get_version returns a string describing the TLS or DTLS version
1758 // |session| was established at. For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1".
1759 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_SESSION_get_version(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1760 
1761 // SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version returns the TLS or DTLS version |session|
1762 // was established at.
1763 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t
1764 SSL_SESSION_get_protocol_version(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1765 
1766 // SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version sets |session|'s TLS or DTLS version to
1767 // |version|. This may be useful when writing tests but should otherwise not be
1768 // used. It returns one on success and zero on error.
1769 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_protocol_version(SSL_SESSION *session,
1770                                                     uint16_t version);
1771 
1772 // SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH is the maximum length of an SSL session ID.
1773 #define SSL_MAX_SSL_SESSION_ID_LENGTH 32
1774 
1775 // SSL_SESSION_get_id returns a pointer to a buffer containing |session|'s
1776 // session ID and sets |*out_len| to its length.
1777 //
1778 // This function should only be used for implementing a TLS session cache. TLS
1779 // sessions are not suitable for application-level session state, and a session
1780 // ID is an implementation detail of the TLS resumption handshake mechanism. Not
1781 // all resumption flows use session IDs, and not all connections within an
1782 // application-level session will reuse TLS sessions.
1783 //
1784 // To determine if resumption occurred, use |SSL_session_reused| instead.
1785 // Comparing session IDs will not give the right result in all cases.
1786 //
1787 // As a workaround for some broken applications, BoringSSL sometimes synthesizes
1788 // arbitrary session IDs for non-ID-based sessions. This behavior may be
1789 // removed in the future.
1790 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get_id(const SSL_SESSION *session,
1791                                                  unsigned *out_len);
1792 
1793 // SSL_SESSION_set1_id sets |session|'s session ID to |sid|, It returns one on
1794 // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but
1795 // otherwise should not be used.
1796 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id(SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t *sid,
1797                                        size_t sid_len);
1798 
1799 // SSL_SESSION_get_time returns the time at which |session| was established in
1800 // seconds since the UNIX epoch.
1801 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_get_time(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1802 
1803 // SSL_SESSION_get_timeout returns the lifetime of |session| in seconds.
1804 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1805 
1806 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer returns the peer leaf certificate stored in
1807 // |session|.
1808 //
1809 // TODO(davidben): This should return a const X509 *.
1810 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509 *SSL_SESSION_get0_peer(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1811 
1812 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates returns the peer certificate chain stored
1813 // in |session|, or NULL if the peer did not use certificates. This is the
1814 // unverified list of certificates as sent by the peer, not the final chain
1815 // built during verification. The caller does not take ownership of the result.
1816 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *
1817     SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1818 
1819 // SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list sets |*out| and |*out_len| to
1820 // point to |*out_len| bytes of SCT information stored in |session|. This is
1821 // only valid for client sessions. The SCT information is a
1822 // SignedCertificateTimestampList (including the two leading length bytes). See
1823 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962#section-3.3 If no SCT was received then
1824 // |*out_len| will be zero on return.
1825 //
1826 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed.
1827 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list(
1828     const SSL_SESSION *session, const uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len);
1829 
1830 // SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to
1831 // |*out_len| bytes of an OCSP response from the server. This is the DER
1832 // encoding of an OCSPResponse type as defined in RFC 2560.
1833 //
1834 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed.
1835 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response(const SSL_SESSION *session,
1836                                                    const uint8_t **out,
1837                                                    size_t *out_len);
1838 
1839 // SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH is the maximum length of a master secret.
1840 #define SSL_MAX_MASTER_KEY_LENGTH 48
1841 
1842 // SSL_SESSION_get_master_key writes up to |max_out| bytes of |session|'s secret
1843 // to |out| and returns the number of bytes written. If |max_out| is zero, it
1844 // returns the size of the secret.
1845 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_SESSION_get_master_key(const SSL_SESSION *session,
1846                                                  uint8_t *out, size_t max_out);
1847 
1848 // SSL_SESSION_set_time sets |session|'s creation time to |time| and returns
1849 // |time|. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not
1850 // be used.
1851 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_SESSION_set_time(SSL_SESSION *session,
1852                                              uint64_t time);
1853 
1854 // SSL_SESSION_set_timeout sets |session|'s timeout to |timeout| and returns
1855 // one. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise should not
1856 // be used.
1857 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_SESSION_set_timeout(SSL_SESSION *session,
1858                                                 uint32_t timeout);
1859 
1860 // SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context returns a pointer to a buffer containing
1861 // |session|'s session ID context (see |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) and
1862 // sets |*out_len| to its length.
1863 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_SESSION_get0_id_context(
1864     const SSL_SESSION *session, unsigned *out_len);
1865 
1866 // SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context sets |session|'s session ID context (see
1867 // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|) to |sid_ctx|. It returns one on success and
1868 // zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but otherwise
1869 // should not be used.
1870 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set1_id_context(SSL_SESSION *session,
1871                                                const uint8_t *sid_ctx,
1872                                                size_t sid_ctx_len);
1873 
1874 // SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use returns one if |session| should be
1875 // single-use (TLS 1.3 and later) and zero otherwise.
1876 //
1877 // If this function returns one, clients retain multiple sessions and use each
1878 // only once. This prevents passive observers from correlating connections with
1879 // tickets. See RFC 8446, appendix C.4. If it returns zero, |session| cannot be
1880 // used without leaking a correlator.
1881 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1882 
1883 // SSL_SESSION_is_resumable returns one if |session| is complete and contains a
1884 // session ID or ticket. It returns zero otherwise. Note this function does not
1885 // ensure |session| will be resumed. It may be expired, dropped by the server,
1886 // or associated with incompatible parameters.
1887 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_is_resumable(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1888 
1889 // SSL_SESSION_has_ticket returns one if |session| has a ticket and zero
1890 // otherwise.
1891 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1892 
1893 // SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket sets |*out_ticket| and |*out_len| to |session|'s
1894 // ticket, or NULL and zero if it does not have one. |out_ticket| may be NULL
1895 // if only the ticket length is needed.
1896 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_ticket(const SSL_SESSION *session,
1897                                             const uint8_t **out_ticket,
1898                                             size_t *out_len);
1899 
1900 // SSL_SESSION_set_ticket sets |session|'s ticket to |ticket|. It returns one on
1901 // success and zero on error. This function may be useful in writing tests but
1902 // otherwise should not be used.
1903 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ticket(SSL_SESSION *session,
1904                                           const uint8_t *ticket,
1905                                           size_t ticket_len);
1906 
1907 // SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint returns ticket lifetime hint of
1908 // |session| in seconds or zero if none was set.
1909 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t
1910 SSL_SESSION_get_ticket_lifetime_hint(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1911 
1912 // SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher returns the cipher negotiated by the connection which
1913 // established |session|.
1914 //
1915 // Note that, in TLS 1.3, there is no guarantee that resumptions with |session|
1916 // will use that cipher. Prefer calling |SSL_get_current_cipher| on the |SSL|
1917 // instead.
1918 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_SESSION_get0_cipher(
1919     const SSL_SESSION *session);
1920 
1921 // SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256 returns one if |session| has a SHA-256 hash of
1922 // the peer's certificate retained and zero if the peer did not present a
1923 // certificate or if this was not enabled when |session| was created. See also
1924 // |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|.
1925 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session);
1926 
1927 // SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256 sets |*out_ptr| and |*out_len| to the SHA-256
1928 // hash of the peer certificate retained in |session|, or NULL and zero if it
1929 // does not have one. See also |SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs|.
1930 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256(const SSL_SESSION *session,
1931                                                  const uint8_t **out_ptr,
1932                                                  size_t *out_len);
1933 
1934 
1935 // Session caching.
1936 //
1937 // Session caching allows connections to be established more efficiently based
1938 // on saved parameters from a previous connection, called a session (see
1939 // |SSL_SESSION|). The client offers a saved session, using an opaque identifier
1940 // from a previous connection. The server may accept the session, if it has the
1941 // parameters available. Otherwise, it will decline and continue with a full
1942 // handshake.
1943 //
1944 // This requires both the client and the server to retain session state. A
1945 // client does so with a stateful session cache. A server may do the same or, if
1946 // supported by both sides, statelessly using session tickets. For more
1947 // information on the latter, see the next section.
1948 //
1949 // For a server, the library implements a built-in internal session cache as an
1950 // in-memory hash table. Servers may also use |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb| and
1951 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to implement a custom external session cache. In
1952 // particular, this may be used to share a session cache between multiple
1953 // servers in a large deployment. An external cache may be used in addition to
1954 // or instead of the internal one. Use |SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode| to
1955 // toggle the internal cache.
1956 //
1957 // For a client, the only option is an external session cache. Clients may use
1958 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| to register a callback for when new sessions are
1959 // available. These may be cached and, in subsequent compatible connections,
1960 // configured with |SSL_set_session|.
1961 //
1962 // Note that offering or accepting a session short-circuits certificate
1963 // verification and most parameter negotiation. Resuming sessions across
1964 // different contexts may result in security failures and surprising
1965 // behavior. For a typical client, this means sessions for different hosts must
1966 // be cached under different keys. A client that connects to the same host with,
1967 // e.g., different cipher suite settings or client certificates should also use
1968 // separate session caches between those contexts. Servers should also partition
1969 // session caches between SNI hosts with |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|.
1970 //
1971 // Note also, in TLS 1.2 and earlier, offering sessions allows passive observers
1972 // to correlate different client connections. TLS 1.3 and later fix this,
1973 // provided clients use sessions at most once. Session caches are managed by the
1974 // caller in BoringSSL, so this must be implemented externally. See
1975 // |SSL_SESSION_should_be_single_use| for details.
1976 
1977 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF disables all session caching.
1978 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_OFF 0x0000
1979 
1980 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT enables session caching for a client. The internal
1981 // cache is never used on a client, so this only enables the callbacks.
1982 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT 0x0001
1983 
1984 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER enables session caching for a server.
1985 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER 0x0002
1986 
1987 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH enables session caching for both client and server.
1988 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_BOTH (SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT | SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER)
1989 
1990 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR disables automatically calling
1991 // |SSL_CTX_flush_sessions| every 255 connections.
1992 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_AUTO_CLEAR 0x0080
1993 
1994 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP, on a server, disables looking up a session
1995 // from the internal session cache.
1996 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP 0x0100
1997 
1998 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE, on a server, disables storing sessions in
1999 // the internal session cache.
2000 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE 0x0200
2001 
2002 // SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL, on a server, disables the internal session
2003 // cache.
2004 #define SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL \
2005     (SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_LOOKUP | SSL_SESS_CACHE_NO_INTERNAL_STORE)
2006 
2007 // SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode sets the session cache mode bits for |ctx| to
2008 // |mode|. It returns the previous value.
2009 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode);
2010 
2011 // SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode returns the session cache mode bits for
2012 // |ctx|
2013 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2014 
2015 // SSL_set_session, for a client, configures |ssl| to offer to resume |session|
2016 // in the initial handshake and returns one. The caller retains ownership of
2017 // |session|. Note that configuring a session assumes the authentication in the
2018 // session is valid. For callers that wish to revalidate the session before
2019 // offering, see |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_certificates|,
2020 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list|, and
2021 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_ocsp_response|.
2022 //
2023 // It is an error to call this function after the handshake has begun.
2024 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session);
2025 
2026 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a
2027 // session in TLS 1.2 or earlier. This is how long we are willing to use the
2028 // secret to encrypt traffic without fresh key material.
2029 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT (2 * 60 * 60)
2030 
2031 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT is the default lifetime, in seconds, of a
2032 // session for TLS 1.3 psk_dhe_ke. This is how long we are willing to use the
2033 // secret as an authenticator.
2034 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_PSK_DHE_TIMEOUT (2 * 24 * 60 * 60)
2035 
2036 // SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT is the default non-renewable lifetime, in
2037 // seconds, of a TLS 1.3 session. This is how long we are willing to trust the
2038 // signature in the initial handshake.
2039 #define SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_AUTH_TIMEOUT (7 * 24 * 60 * 60)
2040 
2041 // SSL_CTX_set_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier)
2042 // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|.
2043 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_set_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint32_t timeout);
2044 
2045 // SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout sets the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.3
2046 // sessions created in |ctx| to |timeout|.
2047 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_session_psk_dhe_timeout(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2048                                                         uint32_t timeout);
2049 
2050 // SSL_CTX_get_timeout returns the lifetime, in seconds, of TLS 1.2 (or earlier)
2051 // sessions created in |ctx|.
2052 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint32_t SSL_CTX_get_timeout(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2053 
2054 // SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH is the maximum length of a session ID context.
2055 #define SSL_MAX_SID_CTX_LENGTH 32
2056 
2057 // SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context sets |ctx|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|.
2058 // It returns one on success and zero on error. The session ID context is an
2059 // application-defined opaque byte string. A session will not be used in a
2060 // connection without a matching session ID context.
2061 //
2062 // For a server, if |SSL_VERIFY_PEER| is enabled, it is an error to not set a
2063 // session ID context.
2064 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2065                                                   const uint8_t *sid_ctx,
2066                                                   size_t sid_ctx_len);
2067 
2068 // SSL_set_session_id_context sets |ssl|'s session ID context to |sid_ctx|. It
2069 // returns one on success and zero on error. See also
2070 // |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context|.
2071 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_session_id_context(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *sid_ctx,
2072                                               size_t sid_ctx_len);
2073 
2074 // SSL_get0_session_id_context returns a pointer to |ssl|'s session ID context
2075 // and sets |*out_len| to its length.  It returns NULL on error.
2076 OPENSSL_EXPORT const uint8_t *SSL_get0_session_id_context(const SSL *ssl,
2077                                                           size_t *out_len);
2078 
2079 // SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT is the default maximum size of a session
2080 // cache.
2081 #define SSL_SESSION_CACHE_MAX_SIZE_DEFAULT (1024 * 20)
2082 
2083 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size sets the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal session
2084 // cache to |size|. It returns the previous value.
2085 OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2086                                                          unsigned long size);
2087 
2088 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size returns the maximum size of |ctx|'s internal
2089 // session cache.
2090 OPENSSL_EXPORT unsigned long SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2091 
2092 // SSL_CTX_sess_number returns the number of sessions in |ctx|'s internal
2093 // session cache.
2094 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_sess_number(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2095 
2096 // SSL_CTX_add_session inserts |session| into |ctx|'s internal session cache. It
2097 // returns one on success and zero on error or if |session| is already in the
2098 // cache. The caller retains its reference to |session|.
2099 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session);
2100 
2101 // SSL_CTX_remove_session removes |session| from |ctx|'s internal session cache.
2102 // It returns one on success and zero if |session| was not in the cache.
2103 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_remove_session(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session);
2104 
2105 // SSL_CTX_flush_sessions removes all sessions from |ctx| which have expired as
2106 // of time |time|. If |time| is zero, all sessions are removed.
2107 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(SSL_CTX *ctx, uint64_t time);
2108 
2109 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb sets the callback to be called when a new session is
2110 // established and ready to be cached. If the session cache is disabled (the
2111 // appropriate one of |SSL_SESS_CACHE_CLIENT| or |SSL_SESS_CACHE_SERVER| is
2112 // unset), the callback is not called.
2113 //
2114 // The callback is passed a reference to |session|. It returns one if it takes
2115 // ownership (and then calls |SSL_SESSION_free| when done) and zero otherwise. A
2116 // consumer which places |session| into an in-memory cache will likely return
2117 // one, with the cache calling |SSL_SESSION_free|. A consumer which serializes
2118 // |session| with |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| may not need to retain |session| and
2119 // will likely return zero. Returning one is equivalent to calling
2120 // |SSL_SESSION_up_ref| and then returning zero.
2121 //
2122 // Note: For a client, the callback may be called on abbreviated handshakes if a
2123 // ticket is renewed. Further, it may not be called until some time after
2124 // |SSL_do_handshake| or |SSL_connect| completes if False Start is enabled. Thus
2125 // it's recommended to use this callback over calling |SSL_get_session| on
2126 // handshake completion.
2127 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb(
2128     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*new_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session));
2129 
2130 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb returns the callback set by
2131 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb|.
2132 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_new_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))(
2133     SSL *ssl, SSL_SESSION *session);
2134 
2135 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb sets a callback which is called when a session is
2136 // removed from the internal session cache.
2137 //
2138 // TODO(davidben): What is the point of this callback? It seems useless since it
2139 // only fires on sessions in the internal cache.
2140 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb(
2141     SSL_CTX *ctx,
2142     void (*remove_session_cb)(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session));
2143 
2144 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb returns the callback set by
2145 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb|.
2146 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_sess_get_remove_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))(
2147     SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *session);
2148 
2149 // SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb sets a callback to look up a session by ID for a
2150 // server. The callback is passed the session ID and should return a matching
2151 // |SSL_SESSION| or NULL if not found. It should set |*out_copy| to zero and
2152 // return a new reference to the session. This callback is not used for a
2153 // client.
2154 //
2155 // For historical reasons, if |*out_copy| is set to one (default), the SSL
2156 // library will take a new reference to the returned |SSL_SESSION|, expecting
2157 // the callback to return a non-owning pointer. This is not recommended. If
2158 // |ctx| and thus the callback is used on multiple threads, the session may be
2159 // removed and invalidated before the SSL library calls |SSL_SESSION_up_ref|,
2160 // whereas the callback may synchronize internally.
2161 //
2162 // To look up a session asynchronously, the callback may return
2163 // |SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr|. See the documentation for that function and
2164 // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION|.
2165 //
2166 // If the internal session cache is enabled, the callback is only consulted if
2167 // the internal cache does not return a match.
2168 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb(
2169     SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_SESSION *(*get_session_cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id,
2170                                                  int id_len, int *out_copy));
2171 
2172 // SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb returns the callback set by
2173 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb|.
2174 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *(*SSL_CTX_sess_get_get_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx))(
2175     SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *id, int id_len, int *out_copy);
2176 
2177 // SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr returns a magic |SSL_SESSION|* which indicates
2178 // that the session isn't currently unavailable. |SSL_get_error| will then
2179 // return |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_SESSION| and the handshake can be retried later
2180 // when the lookup has completed.
2181 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_magic_pending_session_ptr(void);
2182 
2183 
2184 // Session tickets.
2185 //
2186 // Session tickets, from RFC 5077, allow session resumption without server-side
2187 // state. The server maintains a secret ticket key and sends the client opaque
2188 // encrypted session parameters, called a ticket. When offering the session, the
2189 // client sends the ticket which the server decrypts to recover session state.
2190 // Session tickets are enabled by default but may be disabled with
2191 // |SSL_OP_NO_TICKET|.
2192 //
2193 // On the client, ticket-based sessions use the same APIs as ID-based tickets.
2194 // Callers do not need to handle them differently.
2195 //
2196 // On the server, tickets are encrypted and authenticated with a secret key.
2197 // By default, an |SSL_CTX| will manage session ticket encryption keys by
2198 // generating them internally and rotating every 48 hours. Tickets are minted
2199 // and processed transparently. The following functions may be used to configure
2200 // a persistent key or implement more custom behavior, including key rotation
2201 // and sharing keys between multiple servers in a large deployment. There are
2202 // three levels of customisation possible:
2203 //
2204 // 1) One can simply set the keys with |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys|.
2205 // 2) One can configure an |EVP_CIPHER_CTX| and |HMAC_CTX| directly for
2206 //    encryption and authentication.
2207 // 3) One can configure an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD| to have more control
2208 //    and the option of asynchronous decryption.
2209 //
2210 // An attacker that compromises a server's session ticket key can impersonate
2211 // the server and, prior to TLS 1.3, retroactively decrypt all application
2212 // traffic from sessions using that ticket key. Thus ticket keys must be
2213 // regularly rotated for forward secrecy. Note the default key is rotated
2214 // automatically once every 48 hours but manually configured keys are not.
2215 
2216 // SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL is the interval with which the
2217 // default session ticket encryption key is rotated, if in use. If any
2218 // non-default ticket encryption mechanism is configured, automatic rotation is
2219 // disabled.
2220 #define SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_KEY_ROTATION_INTERVAL (2 * 24 * 60 * 60)
2221 
2222 // SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys writes |ctx|'s session ticket key material to
2223 // |len| bytes of |out|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not
2224 // 48. If |out| is NULL, it returns 48 instead.
2225 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *out,
2226                                                   size_t len);
2227 
2228 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys sets |ctx|'s session ticket key material to
2229 // |len| bytes of |in|. It returns one on success and zero if |len| is not
2230 // 48. If |in| is NULL, it returns 48 instead.
2231 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, const void *in,
2232                                                   size_t len);
2233 
2234 // SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN is the length of the key name prefix of a session
2235 // ticket.
2236 #define SSL_TICKET_KEY_NAME_LEN 16
2237 
2238 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb sets the ticket callback to |callback| and
2239 // returns one. |callback| will be called when encrypting a new ticket and when
2240 // decrypting a ticket from the client.
2241 //
2242 // In both modes, |ctx| and |hmac_ctx| will already have been initialized with
2243 // |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_init| and |HMAC_CTX_init|, respectively. |callback|
2244 // configures |hmac_ctx| with an HMAC digest and key, and configures |ctx|
2245 // for encryption or decryption, based on the mode.
2246 //
2247 // When encrypting a new ticket, |encrypt| will be one. It writes a public
2248 // 16-byte key name to |key_name| and a fresh IV to |iv|. The output IV length
2249 // must match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode,
2250 // |callback| returns 1 on success and -1 on error.
2251 //
2252 // When decrypting a ticket, |encrypt| will be zero. |key_name| will point to a
2253 // 16-byte key name and |iv| points to an IV. The length of the IV consumed must
2254 // match |EVP_CIPHER_CTX_iv_length| of the cipher selected. In this mode,
2255 // |callback| returns -1 to abort the handshake, 0 if decrypting the ticket
2256 // failed, and 1 or 2 on success. If it returns 2, the ticket will be renewed.
2257 // This may be used to re-key the ticket.
2258 //
2259 // WARNING: |callback| wildly breaks the usual return value convention and is
2260 // called in two different modes.
2261 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb(
2262     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *key_name, uint8_t *iv,
2263                                   EVP_CIPHER_CTX *ctx, HMAC_CTX *hmac_ctx,
2264                                   int encrypt));
2265 
2266 // ssl_ticket_aead_result_t enumerates the possible results from decrypting a
2267 // ticket with an |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|.
2268 enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
2269   // ssl_ticket_aead_success indicates that the ticket was successfully
2270   // decrypted.
2271   ssl_ticket_aead_success,
2272   // ssl_ticket_aead_retry indicates that the operation could not be
2273   // immediately completed and must be reattempted, via |open|, at a later
2274   // point.
2275   ssl_ticket_aead_retry,
2276   // ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket indicates that the ticket should be ignored
2277   // (i.e. is corrupt or otherwise undecryptable).
2278   ssl_ticket_aead_ignore_ticket,
2279   // ssl_ticket_aead_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the
2280   // handshake should be terminated.
2281   ssl_ticket_aead_error,
2282 };
2283 
2284 // ssl_ticket_aead_method_st (aka |SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD|) contains methods
2285 // for encrypting and decrypting session tickets.
2286 struct ssl_ticket_aead_method_st {
2287   // max_overhead returns the maximum number of bytes of overhead that |seal|
2288   // may add.
2289   size_t (*max_overhead)(SSL *ssl);
2290 
2291   // seal encrypts and authenticates |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most,
2292   // |max_out_len| bytes to |out|, and puts the number of bytes written in
2293   // |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will not otherwise
2294   // alias. It returns one on success or zero on error.
2295   int (*seal)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len, size_t max_out_len,
2296               const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len);
2297 
2298   // open authenticates and decrypts |in_len| bytes from |in|, writes, at most,
2299   // |max_out_len| bytes of plaintext to |out|, and puts the number of bytes
2300   // written in |*out_len|. The |in| and |out| buffers may be equal but will
2301   // not otherwise alias. See |ssl_ticket_aead_result_t| for details of the
2302   // return values. In the case that a retry is indicated, the caller should
2303   // arrange for the high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried when the
2304   // operation is completed, which will result in another call to |open|.
2305   enum ssl_ticket_aead_result_t (*open)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out, size_t *out_len,
2306                                         size_t max_out_len, const uint8_t *in,
2307                                         size_t in_len);
2308 };
2309 
2310 // SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method configures a custom ticket AEAD method table
2311 // on |ctx|. |aead_method| must remain valid for the lifetime of |ctx|.
2312 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_ticket_aead_method(
2313     SSL_CTX *ctx, const SSL_TICKET_AEAD_METHOD *aead_method);
2314 
2315 // SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket processes an unencrypted TLS 1.3
2316 // NewSessionTicket message from |buf| and returns a resumable |SSL_SESSION|,
2317 // or NULL on error. The caller takes ownership of the returned session and
2318 // must call |SSL_SESSION_free| to free it.
2319 //
2320 // |buf| contains |buf_len| bytes that represents a complete NewSessionTicket
2321 // message including its header, i.e., one byte for the type (0x04) and three
2322 // bytes for the length. |buf| must contain only one such message.
2323 //
2324 // This function may be used to process NewSessionTicket messages in TLS 1.3
2325 // clients that are handling the record layer externally.
2326 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_process_tls13_new_session_ticket(
2327     SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_len);
2328 
2329 // SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets configures |ctx| to send |num_tickets| immediately
2330 // after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server. It returns one. Large
2331 // values of |num_tickets| will be capped within the library.
2332 //
2333 // By default, BoringSSL sends two tickets.
2334 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_num_tickets(SSL_CTX *ctx, size_t num_tickets);
2335 
2336 // SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets returns the number of tickets |ctx| will send
2337 // immediately after a successful TLS 1.3 handshake as a server.
2338 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_num_tickets(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2339 
2340 
2341 // Diffie-Hellman groups and ephemeral key exchanges.
2342 //
2343 // Most TLS handshakes (ECDHE cipher suites in TLS 1.2, and all supported TLS
2344 // 1.3 modes) incorporate an ephemeral key exchange, most commonly using
2345 // Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman (ECDH), as described in RFC 8422. The key
2346 // exchange algorithm is negotiated separately from the cipher suite, using
2347 // NamedGroup values, which define Diffie-Hellman groups.
2348 //
2349 // Historically, these values were known as "curves", in reference to ECDH, and
2350 // some APIs refer to the original name. RFC 7919 renamed them to "groups" in
2351 // reference to Diffie-Hellman in general. These values are also used to select
2352 // experimental post-quantum KEMs. Though not Diffie-Hellman groups, KEMs can
2353 // fill a similar role in TLS, so they use the same codepoints.
2354 //
2355 // In TLS 1.2, the ECDH values also negotiate elliptic curves used in ECDSA. In
2356 // TLS 1.3 and later, ECDSA curves are part of the signature algorithm. See
2357 // |SSL_SIGN_*|.
2358 
2359 // SSL_GROUP_* define TLS group IDs.
2360 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1 21
2361 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1 23
2362 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1 24
2363 #define SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1 25
2364 #define SSL_GROUP_X25519 29
2365 #define SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 0x6399
2366 
2367 // SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to |group_ids|.
2368 // Each element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It
2369 // returns one on success and zero on failure.
2370 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_group_ids(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2371                                           const uint16_t *group_ids,
2372                                           size_t num_group_ids);
2373 
2374 // SSL_set1_group_ids sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to |group_ids|. Each
2375 // element of |group_ids| should be one of the |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. It
2376 // returns one on success and zero on failure.
2377 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_group_ids(SSL *ssl, const uint16_t *group_ids,
2378                                       size_t num_group_ids);
2379 
2380 // SSL_get_group_id returns the ID of the group used by |ssl|'s most recently
2381 // completed handshake, or 0 if not applicable.
2382 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_group_id(const SSL *ssl);
2383 
2384 // SSL_get_group_name returns a human-readable name for the group specified by
2385 // the given TLS group ID, or NULL if the group is unknown.
2386 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_group_name(uint16_t group_id);
2387 
2388 // SSL_get_all_group_names outputs a list of possible strings
2389 // |SSL_get_group_name| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at
2390 // most |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have
2391 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set
2392 // to zero to size the output.
2393 //
2394 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want
2395 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list
2396 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain
2397 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every
2398 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this
2399 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services.
2400 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_group_names(const char **out, size_t max_out);
2401 
2402 // The following APIs also configure Diffie-Hellman groups, but use |NID_*|
2403 // constants instead of |SSL_GROUP_*| constants. These are provided for OpenSSL
2404 // compatibility. Where NIDs are unstable constants specific to OpenSSL and
2405 // BoringSSL, group IDs are defined by the TLS protocol. Prefer the group ID
2406 // representation if storing persistently, or exporting to another process or
2407 // library.
2408 
2409 // SSL_CTX_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ctx| to be |groups|. Each
2410 // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one
2411 // on success and zero on failure.
2412 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *groups,
2413                                        size_t num_groups);
2414 
2415 // SSL_set1_groups sets the preferred groups for |ssl| to be |groups|. Each
2416 // element of |groups| should be a |NID_*| constant from nid.h. It returns one
2417 // on success and zero on failure.
2418 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups(SSL *ssl, const int *groups,
2419                                    size_t num_groups);
2420 
2421 // SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group
2422 // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ctx|'s preferred groups to the
2423 // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
2424 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *groups);
2425 
2426 // SSL_set1_groups_list decodes |groups| as a colon-separated list of group
2427 // names (e.g. "X25519" or "P-256") and sets |ssl|'s preferred groups to the
2428 // result. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
2429 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_groups_list(SSL *ssl, const char *groups);
2430 
2431 // SSL_get_negotiated_group returns the NID of the group used by |ssl|'s most
2432 // recently completed handshake, or |NID_undef| if not applicable.
2433 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_negotiated_group(const SSL *ssl);
2434 
2435 
2436 // Certificate verification.
2437 //
2438 // SSL may authenticate either endpoint with an X.509 certificate. Typically
2439 // this is used to authenticate the server to the client. These functions
2440 // configure certificate verification.
2441 //
2442 // WARNING: By default, certificate verification errors on a client are not
2443 // fatal. See |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| This may be configured with
2444 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|.
2445 //
2446 // By default clients are anonymous but a server may request a certificate from
2447 // the client by setting |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|.
2448 //
2449 // Many of these functions use OpenSSL's legacy X.509 stack which is
2450 // underdocumented and deprecated, but the replacement isn't ready yet. For
2451 // now, consumers may use the existing stack or bypass it by performing
2452 // certificate verification externally. This may be done with
2453 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| or by extracting the chain with
2454 // |SSL_get_peer_cert_chain| after the handshake. In the future, functions will
2455 // be added to use the SSL stack without dependency on any part of the legacy
2456 // X.509 and ASN.1 stack.
2457 //
2458 // To augment certificate verification, a client may also enable OCSP stapling
2459 // (RFC 6066) and Certificate Transparency (RFC 6962) extensions.
2460 
2461 // SSL_VERIFY_NONE, on a client, verifies the server certificate but does not
2462 // make errors fatal. The result may be checked with |SSL_get_verify_result|. On
2463 // a server it does not request a client certificate. This is the default.
2464 #define SSL_VERIFY_NONE 0x00
2465 
2466 // SSL_VERIFY_PEER, on a client, makes server certificate errors fatal. On a
2467 // server it requests a client certificate and makes errors fatal. However,
2468 // anonymous clients are still allowed. See
2469 // |SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT|.
2470 #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER 0x01
2471 
2472 // SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT configures a server to reject connections if
2473 // the client declines to send a certificate. This flag must be used together
2474 // with |SSL_VERIFY_PEER|, otherwise it won't work.
2475 #define SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT 0x02
2476 
2477 // SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC configures a server to request a client certificate
2478 // if and only if Channel ID is not negotiated.
2479 #define SSL_VERIFY_PEER_IF_NO_OBC 0x04
2480 
2481 // SSL_CTX_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is
2482 // one of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback|, if not NULL, is
2483 // used to customize certificate verification, but is deprecated. See
2484 // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| for details.
2485 //
2486 // The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with
2487 // |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|.
2488 //
2489 // WARNING: |callback| should be NULL. This callback does not replace the
2490 // default certificate verification process and is, instead, called multiple
2491 // times in the course of that process. It is very difficult to implement this
2492 // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or
2493 // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called.
2494 //
2495 // Instead, use |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| or
2496 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| to customize certificate verification.
2497 // Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and
2498 // inspect the result, or perform other operations more straightforwardly.
2499 //
2500 // TODO(crbug.com/boringssl/426): We cite |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| but
2501 // haven't documented it yet. Later that will have a more detailed warning about
2502 // why one should not use this callback.
2503 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify(
2504     SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode, int (*callback)(int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx));
2505 
2506 // SSL_set_verify configures certificate verification behavior. |mode| is one of
2507 // the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback|, if not NULL, is used to
2508 // customize certificate verification, but is deprecated. See the behavior of
2509 // |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb|.
2510 //
2511 // The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| with
2512 // |X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data| to look up the |SSL| from |store_ctx|.
2513 //
2514 // WARNING: |callback| should be NULL. This callback does not replace the
2515 // default certificate verification process and is, instead, called multiple
2516 // times in the course of that process. It is very difficult to implement this
2517 // callback safely, without inadvertently relying on implementation details or
2518 // making incorrect assumptions about when the callback is called.
2519 //
2520 // Instead, use |SSL_set_custom_verify| or |SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback| to
2521 // customize certificate verification. Those callbacks can inspect the peer-sent
2522 // chain, call |X509_verify_cert| and inspect the result, or perform other
2523 // operations more straightforwardly.
2524 //
2525 // TODO(crbug.com/boringssl/426): We cite |X509_STORE_CTX_set_verify_cb| but
2526 // haven't documented it yet. Later that will have a more detailed warning about
2527 // why one should not use this callback.
2528 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify(SSL *ssl, int mode,
2529                                    int (*callback)(int ok,
2530                                                    X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx));
2531 
2532 enum ssl_verify_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
2533   ssl_verify_ok,
2534   ssl_verify_invalid,
2535   ssl_verify_retry,
2536 };
2537 
2538 // SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify configures certificate verification. |mode| is one
2539 // of the |SSL_VERIFY_*| values defined above. |callback| performs the
2540 // certificate verification.
2541 //
2542 // The callback may call |SSL_get0_peer_certificates| for the certificate chain
2543 // to validate. The callback should return |ssl_verify_ok| if the certificate is
2544 // valid. If the certificate is invalid, the callback should return
2545 // |ssl_verify_invalid| and optionally set |*out_alert| to an alert to send to
2546 // the peer. Some useful alerts include |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|,
2547 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED|, |SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA|, |SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE|,
2548 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN|, and |SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR|. See RFC 5246
2549 // section 7.2.2 for their precise meanings. If unspecified,
2550 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN| will be sent by default.
2551 //
2552 // To verify a certificate asynchronously, the callback may return
2553 // |ssl_verify_retry|. The handshake will then pause with |SSL_get_error|
2554 // returning |SSL_ERROR_WANT_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY|.
2555 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify(
2556     SSL_CTX *ctx, int mode,
2557     enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert));
2558 
2559 // SSL_set_custom_verify behaves like |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify| but configures
2560 // an individual |SSL|.
2561 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_custom_verify(
2562     SSL *ssl, int mode,
2563     enum ssl_verify_result_t (*callback)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out_alert));
2564 
2565 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode returns |ctx|'s verify mode, set by
2566 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|.
2567 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2568 
2569 // SSL_get_verify_mode returns |ssl|'s verify mode, set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify|
2570 // or |SSL_set_verify|.  It returns -1 on error.
2571 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_mode(const SSL *ssl);
2572 
2573 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by
2574 // |SSL_CTX_set_verify|.
2575 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_CTX_get_verify_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))(
2576     int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx);
2577 
2578 // SSL_get_verify_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_CTX_set_verify| or
2579 // |SSL_set_verify|.
2580 OPENSSL_EXPORT int (*SSL_get_verify_callback(const SSL *ssl))(
2581     int ok, X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx);
2582 
2583 // SSL_set1_host sets a DNS name that will be required to be present in the
2584 // verified leaf certificate. It returns one on success and zero on error.
2585 //
2586 // Note: unless _some_ name checking is performed, certificate validation is
2587 // ineffective. Simply checking that a host has some certificate from a CA is
2588 // rarely meaningful—you have to check that the CA believed that the host was
2589 // who you expect to be talking to.
2590 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_host(SSL *ssl, const char *hostname);
2591 
2592 // SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain
2593 // accepted in verification. This number does not include the leaf, so a depth
2594 // of 1 allows the leaf and one CA certificate.
2595 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_verify_depth(SSL_CTX *ctx, int depth);
2596 
2597 // SSL_set_verify_depth sets the maximum depth of a certificate chain accepted
2598 // in verification. This number does not include the leaf, so a depth of 1
2599 // allows the leaf and one CA certificate.
2600 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_verify_depth(SSL *ssl, int depth);
2601 
2602 // SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted
2603 // in verification.
2604 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2605 
2606 // SSL_get_verify_depth returns the maximum depth of a certificate accepted in
2607 // verification.
2608 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_verify_depth(const SSL *ssl);
2609 
2610 // SSL_CTX_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one
2611 // on success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|.
2612 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_param(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2613                                       const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param);
2614 
2615 // SSL_set1_param sets verification parameters from |param|. It returns one on
2616 // success and zero on failure. The caller retains ownership of |param|.
2617 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_param(SSL *ssl,
2618                                   const X509_VERIFY_PARAM *param);
2619 
2620 // SSL_CTX_get0_param returns |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate
2621 // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call
2622 // functions on it to configure it.
2623 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_CTX_get0_param(SSL_CTX *ctx);
2624 
2625 // SSL_get0_param returns |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| for certificate
2626 // verification. The caller must not release the returned pointer but may call
2627 // functions on it to configure it.
2628 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_VERIFY_PARAM *SSL_get0_param(SSL *ssl);
2629 
2630 // SSL_CTX_set_purpose sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to
2631 // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
2632 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_purpose(SSL_CTX *ctx, int purpose);
2633 
2634 // SSL_set_purpose sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'purpose' parameter to
2635 // |purpose|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
2636 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_purpose(SSL *ssl, int purpose);
2637 
2638 // SSL_CTX_set_trust sets |ctx|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to
2639 // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
2640 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_trust(SSL_CTX *ctx, int trust);
2641 
2642 // SSL_set_trust sets |ssl|'s |X509_VERIFY_PARAM|'s 'trust' parameter to
2643 // |trust|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
2644 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_trust(SSL *ssl, int trust);
2645 
2646 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_store sets |ctx|'s certificate store to |store|. It takes
2647 // ownership of |store|. The store is used for certificate verification.
2648 //
2649 // The store is also used for the auto-chaining feature, but this is deprecated.
2650 // See also |SSL_MODE_NO_AUTO_CHAIN|.
2651 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509_STORE *store);
2652 
2653 // SSL_CTX_get_cert_store returns |ctx|'s certificate store.
2654 OPENSSL_EXPORT X509_STORE *SSL_CTX_get_cert_store(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2655 
2656 // SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths loads the OpenSSL system-default trust
2657 // anchors into |ctx|'s store. It returns one on success and zero on failure.
2658 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_default_verify_paths(SSL_CTX *ctx);
2659 
2660 // SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations loads trust anchors into |ctx|'s store from
2661 // |ca_file| and |ca_dir|, either of which may be NULL. If |ca_file| is passed,
2662 // it is opened and PEM-encoded CA certificates are read. If |ca_dir| is passed,
2663 // it is treated as a directory in OpenSSL's hashed directory format. It returns
2664 // one on success and zero on failure.
2665 //
2666 // See
2667 // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations.html
2668 // for documentation on the directory format.
2669 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2670                                                  const char *ca_file,
2671                                                  const char *ca_dir);
2672 
2673 // SSL_get_verify_result returns the result of certificate verification. It is
2674 // either |X509_V_OK| or a |X509_V_ERR_*| value.
2675 OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_verify_result(const SSL *ssl);
2676 
2677 // SSL_alert_from_verify_result returns the SSL alert code, such as
2678 // |SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED|, that corresponds to an |X509_V_ERR_*| value.
2679 // The return value is always an alert, even when |result| is |X509_V_OK|.
2680 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_alert_from_verify_result(long result);
2681 
2682 // SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx returns the ex_data index used to look up
2683 // the |SSL| associated with an |X509_STORE_CTX| in the verify callback.
2684 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(void);
2685 
2686 // SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback sets a custom callback to be called on
2687 // certificate verification rather than |X509_verify_cert|. |store_ctx| contains
2688 // the verification parameters. The callback should return one on success and
2689 // zero on fatal error. It may use |X509_STORE_CTX_set_error| to set a
2690 // verification result.
2691 //
2692 // The callback may use |SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx| to recover the
2693 // |SSL| object from |store_ctx|.
2694 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback(
2695     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(X509_STORE_CTX *store_ctx, void *arg),
2696     void *arg);
2697 
2698 // SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps causes |ssl| (which must be the client end
2699 // of a connection) to request SCTs from the server. See
2700 // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6962.
2701 //
2702 // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the
2703 // handshake.
2704 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL *ssl);
2705 
2706 // SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps enables SCT requests on all client SSL
2707 // objects created from |ctx|.
2708 //
2709 // Call |SSL_get0_signed_cert_timestamp_list| to recover the SCT after the
2710 // handshake.
2711 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_signed_cert_timestamps(SSL_CTX *ctx);
2712 
2713 // SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling causes |ssl| (which must be the client end of a
2714 // connection) to request a stapled OCSP response from the server.
2715 //
2716 // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the
2717 // handshake.
2718 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL *ssl);
2719 
2720 // SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling enables OCSP stapling on all client SSL objects
2721 // created from |ctx|.
2722 //
2723 // Call |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| to recover the OCSP response after the
2724 // handshake.
2725 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_enable_ocsp_stapling(SSL_CTX *ctx);
2726 
2727 // SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used
2728 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of
2729 // |store| is transferred to the |SSL_CTX|.
2730 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2731                                                   X509_STORE *store);
2732 
2733 // SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used
2734 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional
2735 // reference to |store| will be taken.
2736 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2737                                                   X509_STORE *store);
2738 
2739 // SSL_set0_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used
2740 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. Ownership of
2741 // |store| is transferred to the |SSL|.
2742 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set0_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store);
2743 
2744 // SSL_set1_verify_cert_store sets an |X509_STORE| that will be used
2745 // exclusively for certificate verification and returns one. An additional
2746 // reference to |store| will be taken.
2747 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_verify_cert_store(SSL *ssl, X509_STORE *store);
2748 
2749 // SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ctx| to use |prefs| as the
2750 // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It
2751 // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only
2752 // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|.
2753 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2754                                                       const uint16_t *prefs,
2755                                                       size_t num_prefs);
2756 
2757 // SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs configures |ssl| to use |prefs| as the
2758 // preference list when verifying signatures from the peer's long-term key. It
2759 // returns one on zero on error. |prefs| should not include the internal-only
2760 // value |SSL_SIGN_RSA_PKCS1_MD5_SHA1|.
2761 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_verify_algorithm_prefs(SSL *ssl,
2762                                                   const uint16_t *prefs,
2763                                                   size_t num_prefs);
2764 
2765 // SSL_set_hostflags calls |X509_VERIFY_PARAM_set_hostflags| on the
2766 // |X509_VERIFY_PARAM| associated with this |SSL*|. The |flags| argument
2767 // should be one of the |X509_CHECK_*| constants.
2768 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_hostflags(SSL *ssl, unsigned flags);
2769 
2770 
2771 // Client certificate CA list.
2772 //
2773 // When requesting a client certificate, a server may advertise a list of
2774 // certificate authorities which are accepted. These functions may be used to
2775 // configure this list.
2776 
2777 // SSL_set_client_CA_list sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to
2778 // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|.
2779 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_client_CA_list(SSL *ssl,
2780                                            STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list);
2781 
2782 // SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to
2783 // |name_list|. It takes ownership of |name_list|.
2784 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2785                                                STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *name_list);
2786 
2787 // SSL_set0_client_CAs sets |ssl|'s client certificate CA list to |name_list|,
2788 // which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280). It takes
2789 // ownership of |name_list|.
2790 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set0_client_CAs(SSL *ssl,
2791                                         STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list);
2792 
2793 // SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs sets |ctx|'s client certificate CA list to
2794 // |name_list|, which should contain DER-encoded distinguished names (RFC 5280).
2795 // It takes ownership of |name_list|.
2796 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set0_client_CAs(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2797                                             STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *name_list);
2798 
2799 // SSL_get_client_CA_list returns |ssl|'s client certificate CA list. If |ssl|
2800 // has not been configured as a client, this is the list configured by
2801 // |SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list|.
2802 //
2803 // If configured as a client, it returns the client certificate CA list sent by
2804 // the server. In this mode, the behavior is undefined except during the
2805 // callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| and |SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb| or
2806 // when the handshake is paused because of them.
2807 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_get_client_CA_list(const SSL *ssl);
2808 
2809 // SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs returns the CAs sent by a server to guide a
2810 // client in certificate selection. They are a series of DER-encoded X.509
2811 // names. This function may only be called during a callback set by
2812 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when the handshake is paused because of it.
2813 //
2814 // The returned stack is owned by |ssl|, as are its contents. It should not be
2815 // used past the point where the handshake is restarted after the callback.
2816 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(CRYPTO_BUFFER) *
2817     SSL_get0_server_requested_CAs(const SSL *ssl);
2818 
2819 // SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list returns |ctx|'s client certificate CA list.
2820 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *
2821     SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
2822 
2823 // SSL_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA list.
2824 // It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains ownership of
2825 // |x509|.
2826 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_client_CA(SSL *ssl, X509 *x509);
2827 
2828 // SSL_CTX_add_client_CA appends |x509|'s subject to the client certificate CA
2829 // list. It returns one on success or zero on error. The caller retains
2830 // ownership of |x509|.
2831 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_client_CA(SSL_CTX *ctx, X509 *x509);
2832 
2833 // SSL_load_client_CA_file opens |file| and reads PEM-encoded certificates from
2834 // it. It returns a newly-allocated stack of the certificate subjects or NULL
2835 // on error. Duplicates in |file| are ignored.
2836 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_load_client_CA_file(const char *file);
2837 
2838 // SSL_dup_CA_list makes a deep copy of |list|. It returns the new list on
2839 // success or NULL on allocation error.
2840 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *SSL_dup_CA_list(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *list);
2841 
2842 // SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like |SSL_load_client_CA_file|
2843 // but appends the result to |out|. It returns one on success or zero on
2844 // error.
2845 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out,
2846                                                        const char *file);
2847 
2848 // SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack behaves like
2849 // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| but reads from |bio|.
2850 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_bio_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out,
2851                                                       BIO *bio);
2852 
2853 
2854 // Server name indication.
2855 //
2856 // The server_name extension (RFC 3546) allows the client to advertise the name
2857 // of the server it is connecting to. This is used in virtual hosting
2858 // deployments to select one of a several certificates on a single IP. Only the
2859 // host_name name type is supported.
2860 
2861 #define TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name 0
2862 
2863 // SSL_set_tlsext_host_name, for a client, configures |ssl| to advertise |name|
2864 // in the server_name extension. It returns one on success and zero on error.
2865 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_host_name(SSL *ssl, const char *name);
2866 
2867 // SSL_get_servername, for a server, returns the hostname supplied by the
2868 // client or NULL if there was none. The |type| argument must be
2869 // |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name|.
2870 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_servername(const SSL *ssl, const int type);
2871 
2872 // SSL_get_servername_type, for a server, returns |TLSEXT_NAMETYPE_host_name|
2873 // if the client sent a hostname and -1 otherwise.
2874 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_servername_type(const SSL *ssl);
2875 
2876 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback configures |callback| to be called on
2877 // the server after ClientHello extensions have been parsed and returns one.
2878 // The callback may use |SSL_get_servername| to examine the server_name
2879 // extension and returns a |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_*| value. The value of |arg| may be
2880 // set by calling |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg|.
2881 //
2882 // If the callback returns |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|, the server_name extension is
2883 // not acknowledged in the ServerHello. If the return value is
2884 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL|, then |*out_alert| is the alert to send,
2885 // defaulting to |SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME|. |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is
2886 // ignored and treated as |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK|.
2887 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback(
2888     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*callback)(SSL *ssl, int *out_alert, void *arg));
2889 
2890 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg sets the argument to the servername
2891 // callback and returns one. See |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|.
2892 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg);
2893 
2894 // SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_* are values returned by some extension-related callbacks.
2895 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK 0
2896 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING 1
2897 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL 2
2898 #define SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK 3
2899 
2900 // SSL_set_SSL_CTX changes |ssl|'s |SSL_CTX|. |ssl| will use the
2901 // certificate-related settings from |ctx|, and |SSL_get_SSL_CTX| will report
2902 // |ctx|. This function may be used during the callbacks registered by
2903 // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|,
2904 // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback|, and |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or when
2905 // the handshake is paused from them. It is typically used to switch
2906 // certificates based on SNI.
2907 //
2908 // Note the session cache and related settings will continue to use the initial
2909 // |SSL_CTX|. Callers should use |SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context| to partition
2910 // the session cache between different domains.
2911 //
2912 // TODO(davidben): Should other settings change after this call?
2913 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_CTX *SSL_set_SSL_CTX(SSL *ssl, SSL_CTX *ctx);
2914 
2915 
2916 // Application-layer protocol negotiation.
2917 //
2918 // The ALPN extension (RFC 7301) allows negotiating different application-layer
2919 // protocols over a single port. This is used, for example, to negotiate
2920 // HTTP/2.
2921 
2922 // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ctx| to
2923 // |protos|. |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit
2924 // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns
2925 // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables
2926 // ALPN on a client.
2927 //
2928 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value
2929 // convention.
2930 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx, const uint8_t *protos,
2931                                            size_t protos_len);
2932 
2933 // SSL_set_alpn_protos sets the client ALPN protocol list on |ssl| to |protos|.
2934 // |protos| must be in wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit
2935 // length-prefixed strings), or the empty string to disable ALPN. It returns
2936 // zero on success and one on failure. Configuring a non-empty string enables
2937 // ALPN on a client.
2938 //
2939 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value
2940 // convention.
2941 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_alpn_protos(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *protos,
2942                                        size_t protos_len);
2943 
2944 // SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb sets a callback function on |ctx| that is called
2945 // during ClientHello processing in order to select an ALPN protocol from the
2946 // client's list of offered protocols.
2947 //
2948 // The callback is passed a wire-format (i.e. a series of non-empty, 8-bit
2949 // length-prefixed strings) ALPN protocol list in |in|. To select a protocol,
2950 // the callback should set |*out| and |*out_len| to the selected protocol and
2951 // return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success. It does not pass ownership of the
2952 // buffer, so |*out| should point to a static string, a buffer that outlives the
2953 // callback call, or the corresponding entry in |in|.
2954 //
2955 // If the server supports ALPN, but there are no protocols in common, the
2956 // callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| to abort the connection
2957 // with a no_application_protocol alert.
2958 //
2959 // If the server does not support ALPN, it can return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to
2960 // continue the handshake without negotiating a protocol. This may be useful if
2961 // multiple server configurations share an |SSL_CTX|, only some of which have
2962 // ALPN protocols configured.
2963 //
2964 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_WARNING| is ignored and will be treated as
2965 // |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK|.
2966 //
2967 // The callback will only be called if the client supports ALPN. Callers that
2968 // wish to require ALPN for all clients must check |SSL_get0_alpn_selected|
2969 // after the handshake. In QUIC connections, this is done automatically.
2970 //
2971 // The cipher suite is selected before negotiating ALPN. The callback may use
2972 // |SSL_get_pending_cipher| to query the cipher suite. This may be used to
2973 // implement HTTP/2's cipher suite constraints.
2974 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb(
2975     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len,
2976                             const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg),
2977     void *arg);
2978 
2979 // SSL_get0_alpn_selected gets the selected ALPN protocol (if any) from |ssl|.
2980 // On return it sets |*out_data| to point to |*out_len| bytes of protocol name
2981 // (not including the leading length-prefix byte). If the server didn't respond
2982 // with a negotiated protocol then |*out_len| will be zero.
2983 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_alpn_selected(const SSL *ssl,
2984                                            const uint8_t **out_data,
2985                                            unsigned *out_len);
2986 
2987 // SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos configures client connections on |ctx|
2988 // to allow unknown ALPN protocols from the server. Otherwise, by default, the
2989 // client will require that the protocol be advertised in
2990 // |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos|.
2991 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_allow_unknown_alpn_protos(SSL_CTX *ctx,
2992                                                           int enabled);
2993 
2994 
2995 // Application-layer protocol settings
2996 //
2997 // The ALPS extension (draft-vvv-tls-alps) allows exchanging application-layer
2998 // settings in the TLS handshake for applications negotiated with ALPN. Note
2999 // that, when ALPS is negotiated, the client and server each advertise their own
3000 // settings, so there are functions to both configure setting to send and query
3001 // received settings.
3002 
3003 // SSL_add_application_settings configures |ssl| to enable ALPS with ALPN
3004 // protocol |proto|, sending an ALPS value of |settings|. It returns one on
3005 // success and zero on error. If |proto| is negotiated via ALPN and the peer
3006 // supports ALPS, |settings| will be sent to the peer. The peer's ALPS value can
3007 // be retrieved with |SSL_get0_peer_application_settings|.
3008 //
3009 // On the client, this function should be called before the handshake, once for
3010 // each supported ALPN protocol which uses ALPS. |proto| must be included in the
3011 // client's ALPN configuration (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_protos| and
3012 // |SSL_set_alpn_protos|). On the server, ALPS can be preconfigured for each
3013 // protocol as in the client, or configuration can be deferred to the ALPN
3014 // callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_alpn_select_cb|), in which case only the selected
3015 // protocol needs to be configured.
3016 //
3017 // ALPS can be independently configured from 0-RTT, however changes in protocol
3018 // settings will fallback to 1-RTT to negotiate the new value, so it is
3019 // recommended for |settings| to be relatively stable.
3020 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_application_settings(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *proto,
3021                                                 size_t proto_len,
3022                                                 const uint8_t *settings,
3023                                                 size_t settings_len);
3024 
3025 // SSL_get0_peer_application_settings sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to a
3026 // buffer containing the peer's ALPS value, or the empty string if ALPS was not
3027 // negotiated. Note an empty string could also indicate the peer sent an empty
3028 // settings value. Use |SSL_has_application_settings| to check if ALPS was
3029 // negotiated. The output buffer is owned by |ssl| and is valid until the next
3030 // time |ssl| is modified.
3031 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_peer_application_settings(const SSL *ssl,
3032                                                        const uint8_t **out_data,
3033                                                        size_t *out_len);
3034 
3035 // SSL_has_application_settings returns one if ALPS was negotiated on this
3036 // connection and zero otherwise.
3037 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_has_application_settings(const SSL *ssl);
3038 
3039 // SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint configures whether to use the new ALPS
3040 // codepoint. By default, the old codepoint is used.
3041 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_alps_use_new_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_new);
3042 
3043 
3044 // Certificate compression.
3045 //
3046 // Certificates in TLS 1.3 can be compressed (RFC 8879). BoringSSL supports this
3047 // as both a client and a server, but does not link against any specific
3048 // compression libraries in order to keep dependencies to a minimum. Instead,
3049 // hooks for compression and decompression can be installed in an |SSL_CTX| to
3050 // enable support.
3051 
3052 // ssl_cert_compression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs
3053 // compression. It must write the compressed representation of |in| to |out|,
3054 // returning one on success and zero on error. The results of compressing
3055 // certificates are not cached internally. Implementations may wish to implement
3056 // their own cache if they expect it to be useful given the certificates that
3057 // they serve.
3058 typedef int (*ssl_cert_compression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CBB *out,
3059                                            const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len);
3060 
3061 // ssl_cert_decompression_func_t is a pointer to a function that performs
3062 // decompression. The compressed data from the peer is passed as |in| and the
3063 // decompressed result must be exactly |uncompressed_len| bytes long. It returns
3064 // one on success, in which case |*out| must be set to the result of
3065 // decompressing |in|, or zero on error. Setting |*out| transfers ownership,
3066 // i.e. |CRYPTO_BUFFER_free| will be called on |*out| at some point in the
3067 // future. The results of decompressions are not cached internally.
3068 // Implementations may wish to implement their own cache if they expect it to be
3069 // useful.
3070 typedef int (*ssl_cert_decompression_func_t)(SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER **out,
3071                                              size_t uncompressed_len,
3072                                              const uint8_t *in, size_t in_len);
3073 
3074 // SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg registers a certificate compression
3075 // algorithm on |ctx| with ID |alg_id|. (The value of |alg_id| should be an IANA
3076 // assigned value and each can only be registered once.)
3077 //
3078 // One of the function pointers may be NULL to avoid having to implement both
3079 // sides of a compression algorithm if you're only going to use it in one
3080 // direction. In this case, the unimplemented direction acts like it was never
3081 // configured.
3082 //
3083 // For a server, algorithms are registered in preference order with the most
3084 // preferable first. It returns one on success or zero on error.
3085 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_add_cert_compression_alg(
3086     SSL_CTX *ctx, uint16_t alg_id, ssl_cert_compression_func_t compress,
3087     ssl_cert_decompression_func_t decompress);
3088 
3089 
3090 // Next protocol negotiation.
3091 //
3092 // The NPN extension (draft-agl-tls-nextprotoneg-03) is the predecessor to ALPN
3093 // and deprecated in favor of it.
3094 
3095 // SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb sets a callback that is called when a
3096 // TLS server needs a list of supported protocols for Next Protocol
3097 // Negotiation. The returned list must be in wire format. The list is returned
3098 // by setting |*out| to point to it and |*out_len| to its length. This memory
3099 // will not be modified, but one should assume that |ssl| keeps a reference to
3100 // it.
3101 //
3102 // The callback should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| if it wishes to advertise.
3103 // Otherwise, no such extension will be included in the ServerHello.
3104 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_protos_advertised_cb(
3105     SSL_CTX *ctx,
3106     int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out, unsigned *out_len, void *arg),
3107     void *arg);
3108 
3109 // SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb sets a callback that is called when a client
3110 // needs to select a protocol from the server's provided list. |*out| must be
3111 // set to point to the selected protocol (which may be within |in|). The length
3112 // of the protocol name must be written into |*out_len|. The server's advertised
3113 // protocols are provided in |in| and |in_len|. The callback can assume that
3114 // |in| is syntactically valid.
3115 //
3116 // The client must select a protocol. It is fatal to the connection if this
3117 // callback returns a value other than |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK|.
3118 //
3119 // Configuring this callback enables NPN on a client.
3120 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb(
3121     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len,
3122                             const uint8_t *in, unsigned in_len, void *arg),
3123     void *arg);
3124 
3125 // SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated sets |*out_data| and |*out_len| to point to
3126 // the client's requested protocol for this connection. If the client didn't
3127 // request any protocol, then |*out_data| is set to NULL.
3128 //
3129 // Note that the client can request any protocol it chooses. The value returned
3130 // from this function need not be a member of the list of supported protocols
3131 // provided by the server.
3132 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_next_proto_negotiated(const SSL *ssl,
3133                                                    const uint8_t **out_data,
3134                                                    unsigned *out_len);
3135 
3136 // SSL_select_next_proto implements the standard protocol selection. It is
3137 // expected that this function is called from the callback set by
3138 // |SSL_CTX_set_next_proto_select_cb|.
3139 //
3140 // |peer| and |supported| must be vectors of 8-bit, length-prefixed byte strings
3141 // containing the peer and locally-configured protocols, respectively. The
3142 // length byte itself is not included in the length. A byte string of length 0
3143 // is invalid. No byte string may be truncated. |supported| is assumed to be
3144 // non-empty.
3145 //
3146 // This function finds the first protocol in |peer| which is also in
3147 // |supported|. If one was found, it sets |*out| and |*out_len| to point to it
3148 // and returns |OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED|. Otherwise, it returns
3149 // |OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP| and sets |*out| and |*out_len| to the first
3150 // supported protocol.
3151 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_select_next_proto(uint8_t **out, uint8_t *out_len,
3152                                          const uint8_t *peer, unsigned peer_len,
3153                                          const uint8_t *supported,
3154                                          unsigned supported_len);
3155 
3156 #define OPENSSL_NPN_UNSUPPORTED 0
3157 #define OPENSSL_NPN_NEGOTIATED 1
3158 #define OPENSSL_NPN_NO_OVERLAP 2
3159 
3160 
3161 // Channel ID.
3162 //
3163 // See draft-balfanz-tls-channelid-01. This is an old, experimental mechanism
3164 // and should not be used in new code.
3165 
3166 // SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether connections associated
3167 // with |ctx| should enable Channel ID as a server.
3168 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx,
3169                                                        int enabled);
3170 
3171 // SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled configures whether |ssl| should enable Channel
3172 // ID as a server.
3173 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled);
3174 
3175 // SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID
3176 // to compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one
3177 // on success and zero on error.
3178 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx,
3179                                                EVP_PKEY *private_key);
3180 
3181 // SSL_set1_tls_channel_id configures a TLS client to send a TLS Channel ID to
3182 // compatible servers. |private_key| must be a P-256 EC key. It returns one on
3183 // success and zero on error.
3184 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY *private_key);
3185 
3186 // SSL_get_tls_channel_id gets the client's TLS Channel ID from a server |SSL|
3187 // and copies up to the first |max_out| bytes into |out|. The Channel ID
3188 // consists of the client's P-256 public key as an (x,y) pair where each is a
3189 // 32-byte, big-endian field element. It returns 0 if the client didn't offer a
3190 // Channel ID and the length of the complete Channel ID otherwise. This function
3191 // always returns zero if |ssl| is a client.
3192 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
3193                                              size_t max_out);
3194 
3195 
3196 // DTLS-SRTP.
3197 //
3198 // See RFC 5764.
3199 
3200 // srtp_protection_profile_st (aka |SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE|) is an SRTP
3201 // profile for use with the use_srtp extension.
3202 struct srtp_protection_profile_st {
3203   const char *name;
3204   unsigned long id;
3205 } /* SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE */;
3206 
3207 DEFINE_CONST_STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE)
3208 
3209 // SRTP_* define constants for SRTP profiles.
3210 #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_80 0x0001
3211 #define SRTP_AES128_CM_SHA1_32 0x0002
3212 #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_80 0x0003
3213 #define SRTP_AES128_F8_SHA1_32 0x0004
3214 #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_80      0x0005
3215 #define SRTP_NULL_SHA1_32      0x0006
3216 #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_128_GCM  0x0007
3217 #define SRTP_AEAD_AES_256_GCM  0x0008
3218 
3219 // SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for all SSL objects created from
3220 // |ctx|. |profile| contains a colon-separated list of profile names. It returns
3221 // one on success and zero on failure.
3222 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles(SSL_CTX *ctx,
3223                                              const char *profiles);
3224 
3225 // SSL_set_srtp_profiles enables SRTP for |ssl|.  |profile| contains a
3226 // colon-separated list of profile names. It returns one on success and zero on
3227 // failure.
3228 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_srtp_profiles(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles);
3229 
3230 // SSL_get_srtp_profiles returns the SRTP profiles supported by |ssl|.
3231 OPENSSL_EXPORT const STACK_OF(SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE) *SSL_get_srtp_profiles(
3232     const SSL *ssl);
3233 
3234 // SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile returns the selected SRTP profile, or NULL if
3235 // SRTP was not negotiated.
3236 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE *SSL_get_selected_srtp_profile(
3237     SSL *ssl);
3238 
3239 
3240 // Pre-shared keys.
3241 //
3242 // Connections may be configured with PSK (Pre-Shared Key) cipher suites. These
3243 // authenticate using out-of-band pre-shared keys rather than certificates. See
3244 // RFC 4279.
3245 //
3246 // This implementation uses NUL-terminated C strings for identities and identity
3247 // hints, so values with a NUL character are not supported. (RFC 4279 does not
3248 // specify the format of an identity.)
3249 
3250 // PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN is the maximum supported length of a PSK identity,
3251 // excluding the NUL terminator.
3252 #define PSK_MAX_IDENTITY_LEN 128
3253 
3254 // PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN is the maximum supported length of a pre-shared key.
3255 #define PSK_MAX_PSK_LEN 256
3256 
3257 // SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is
3258 // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher
3259 // suites on the client.
3260 //
3261 // The callback is passed the identity hint in |hint| or NULL if none was
3262 // provided. It should select a PSK identity and write the identity and the
3263 // corresponding PSK to |identity| and |psk|, respectively. The identity is
3264 // written as a NUL-terminated C string of length (excluding the NUL terminator)
3265 // at most |max_identity_len|. The PSK's length must be at most |max_psk_len|.
3266 // The callback returns the length of the PSK or 0 if no suitable identity was
3267 // found.
3268 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback(
3269     SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity,
3270                                  unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk,
3271                                  unsigned max_psk_len));
3272 
3273 // SSL_set_psk_client_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is
3274 // negotiated on the client. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher
3275 // suites on the client. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_client_callback|.
3276 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_client_callback(
3277     SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *hint, char *identity,
3278                              unsigned max_identity_len, uint8_t *psk,
3279                              unsigned max_psk_len));
3280 
3281 // SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is
3282 // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher
3283 // suites on the server.
3284 //
3285 // The callback is passed the identity in |identity|. It should write a PSK of
3286 // length at most |max_psk_len| to |psk| and return the number of bytes written
3287 // or zero if the PSK identity is unknown.
3288 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback(
3289     SSL_CTX *ctx, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk,
3290                                  unsigned max_psk_len));
3291 
3292 // SSL_set_psk_server_callback sets the callback to be called when PSK is
3293 // negotiated on the server. This callback must be set to enable PSK cipher
3294 // suites on the server. See also |SSL_CTX_set_psk_server_callback|.
3295 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_psk_server_callback(
3296     SSL *ssl, unsigned (*cb)(SSL *ssl, const char *identity, uint8_t *psk,
3297                              unsigned max_psk_len));
3298 
3299 // SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an
3300 // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on
3301 // error.
3302 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL_CTX *ctx,
3303                                                  const char *identity_hint);
3304 
3305 // SSL_use_psk_identity_hint configures server connections to advertise an
3306 // identity hint of |identity_hint|. It returns one on success and zero on
3307 // error.
3308 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_use_psk_identity_hint(SSL *ssl,
3309                                              const char *identity_hint);
3310 
3311 // SSL_get_psk_identity_hint returns the PSK identity hint advertised for |ssl|
3312 // or NULL if there is none.
3313 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity_hint(const SSL *ssl);
3314 
3315 // SSL_get_psk_identity, after the handshake completes, returns the PSK identity
3316 // that was negotiated by |ssl| or NULL if PSK was not used.
3317 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_psk_identity(const SSL *ssl);
3318 
3319 
3320 // Delegated credentials.
3321 //
3322 // *** EXPERIMENTAL — PRONE TO CHANGE ***
3323 //
3324 // draft-ietf-tls-subcerts is a proposed extension for TLS 1.3 and above that
3325 // allows an end point to use its certificate to delegate credentials for
3326 // authentication. If the peer indicates support for this extension, then this
3327 // host may use a delegated credential to sign the handshake. Once issued,
3328 // credentials can't be revoked. In order to mitigate the damage in case the
3329 // credential secret key is compromised, the credential is only valid for a
3330 // short time (days, hours, or even minutes). This library implements draft-03
3331 // of the protocol spec.
3332 //
3333 // The extension ID has not been assigned; we're using 0xff02 for the time
3334 // being. Currently only the server side is implemented.
3335 //
3336 // Servers configure a DC for use in the handshake via
3337 // |SSL_set1_delegated_credential|. It must be signed by the host's end-entity
3338 // certificate as defined in draft-ietf-tls-subcerts-03.
3339 
3340 // SSL_set1_delegated_credential configures the delegated credential (DC) that
3341 // will be sent to the peer for the current connection. |dc| is the DC in wire
3342 // format, and |pkey| or |key_method| is the corresponding private key.
3343 // Currently (as of draft-03), only servers may configure a DC to use in the
3344 // handshake.
3345 //
3346 // The DC will only be used if the protocol version is correct and the signature
3347 // scheme is supported by the peer. If not, the DC will not be negotiated and
3348 // the handshake will use the private key (or private key method) associated
3349 // with the certificate.
3350 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_delegated_credential(
3351     SSL *ssl, CRYPTO_BUFFER *dc, EVP_PKEY *pkey,
3352     const SSL_PRIVATE_KEY_METHOD *key_method);
3353 
3354 // SSL_delegated_credential_used returns one if a delegated credential was used
3355 // and zero otherwise.
3356 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_delegated_credential_used(const SSL *ssl);
3357 
3358 
3359 // QUIC integration.
3360 //
3361 // QUIC acts as an underlying transport for the TLS 1.3 handshake. The following
3362 // functions allow a QUIC implementation to serve as the underlying transport as
3363 // described in RFC 9001.
3364 //
3365 // When configured for QUIC, |SSL_do_handshake| will drive the handshake as
3366 // before, but it will not use the configured |BIO|. It will call functions on
3367 // |SSL_QUIC_METHOD| to configure secrets and send data. If data is needed from
3368 // the peer, it will return |SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ|. As the caller receives data
3369 // it can decrypt, it calls |SSL_provide_quic_data|. Subsequent
3370 // |SSL_do_handshake| calls will then consume that data and progress the
3371 // handshake. After the handshake is complete, the caller should continue to
3372 // call |SSL_provide_quic_data| for any post-handshake data, followed by
3373 // |SSL_process_quic_post_handshake| to process it. It is an error to call
3374 // |SSL_read| and |SSL_write| in QUIC.
3375 //
3376 // 0-RTT behaves similarly to |TLS_method|'s usual behavior. |SSL_do_handshake|
3377 // returns early as soon as the client (respectively, server) is allowed to send
3378 // 0-RTT (respectively, half-RTT) data. The caller should then call
3379 // |SSL_do_handshake| again to consume the remaining handshake messages and
3380 // confirm the handshake. As a client, |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED| and
3381 // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject| behave as usual.
3382 //
3383 // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9001.html#section-4.1 for more details.
3384 //
3385 // To avoid DoS attacks, the QUIC implementation must limit the amount of data
3386 // being queued up. The implementation can call
3387 // |SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len| to get the maximum buffer length at each
3388 // encryption level.
3389 //
3390 // QUIC implementations must additionally configure transport parameters with
3391 // |SSL_set_quic_transport_params|. |SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params| may be
3392 // used to query the value received from the peer. BoringSSL handles this
3393 // extension as an opaque byte string. The caller is responsible for serializing
3394 // and parsing them. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.4 for
3395 // details.
3396 //
3397 // QUIC additionally imposes restrictions on 0-RTT. In particular, the QUIC
3398 // transport layer requires that if a server accepts 0-RTT data, then the
3399 // transport parameters sent on the resumed connection must not lower any limits
3400 // compared to the transport parameters that the server sent on the connection
3401 // where the ticket for 0-RTT was issued. In effect, the server must remember
3402 // the transport parameters with the ticket. Application protocols running on
3403 // QUIC may impose similar restrictions, for example HTTP/3's restrictions on
3404 // SETTINGS frames.
3405 //
3406 // BoringSSL implements this check by doing a byte-for-byte comparison of an
3407 // opaque context passed in by the server. This context must be the same on the
3408 // connection where the ticket was issued and the connection where that ticket
3409 // is used for 0-RTT. If there is a mismatch, or the context was not set,
3410 // BoringSSL will reject early data (but not reject the resumption attempt).
3411 // This context is set via |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| and should cover
3412 // both transport parameters and any application state.
3413 // |SSL_set_quic_early_data_context| must be called on the server with a
3414 // non-empty context if the server is to support 0-RTT in QUIC.
3415 //
3416 // BoringSSL does not perform any client-side checks on the transport
3417 // parameters received from a server that also accepted early data. It is up to
3418 // the caller to verify that the received transport parameters do not lower any
3419 // limits, and to close the QUIC connection if that is not the case. The same
3420 // holds for any application protocol state remembered for 0-RTT, e.g. HTTP/3
3421 // SETTINGS.
3422 
3423 // ssl_encryption_level_t represents a specific QUIC encryption level used to
3424 // transmit handshake messages.
3425 enum ssl_encryption_level_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
3426   ssl_encryption_initial = 0,
3427   ssl_encryption_early_data,
3428   ssl_encryption_handshake,
3429   ssl_encryption_application,
3430 };
3431 
3432 // ssl_quic_method_st (aka |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|) describes custom QUIC hooks.
3433 struct ssl_quic_method_st {
3434   // set_read_secret configures the read secret and cipher suite for the given
3435   // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero to terminate the
3436   // handshake with an error. It will be called at most once per encryption
3437   // level.
3438   //
3439   // BoringSSL will not release read keys before QUIC may use them. Once a level
3440   // has been initialized, QUIC may begin processing data from it. Handshake
3441   // data should be passed to |SSL_provide_quic_data| and application data (if
3442   // |level| is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|) may
3443   // be processed according to the rules of the QUIC protocol.
3444   //
3445   // QUIC ACKs packets at the same encryption level they were received at,
3446   // except that client |ssl_encryption_early_data| (0-RTT) packets trigger
3447   // server |ssl_encryption_application| (1-RTT) ACKs. BoringSSL will always
3448   // install ACK-writing keys with |set_write_secret| before the packet-reading
3449   // keys with |set_read_secret|. This ensures the caller can always ACK any
3450   // packet it decrypts. Note this means the server installs 1-RTT write keys
3451   // before 0-RTT read keys.
3452   //
3453   // The converse is not true. An encryption level may be configured with write
3454   // secrets a roundtrip before the corresponding secrets for reading ACKs is
3455   // available.
3456   int (*set_read_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level,
3457                          const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret,
3458                          size_t secret_len);
3459   // set_write_secret behaves like |set_read_secret| but configures the write
3460   // secret and cipher suite for the given encryption level. It will be called
3461   // at most once per encryption level.
3462   //
3463   // BoringSSL will not release write keys before QUIC may use them. If |level|
3464   // is |ssl_encryption_early_data| or |ssl_encryption_application|, QUIC may
3465   // begin sending application data at |level|. However, note that BoringSSL
3466   // configures server |ssl_encryption_application| write keys before the client
3467   // Finished. This allows QUIC to send half-RTT data, but the handshake is not
3468   // confirmed at this point and, if requesting client certificates, the client
3469   // is not yet authenticated.
3470   //
3471   // See |set_read_secret| for additional invariants between packets and their
3472   // ACKs.
3473   //
3474   // Note that, on 0-RTT reject, the |ssl_encryption_early_data| write secret
3475   // may use a different cipher suite from the other keys.
3476   int (*set_write_secret)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level,
3477                           const SSL_CIPHER *cipher, const uint8_t *secret,
3478                           size_t secret_len);
3479   // add_handshake_data adds handshake data to the current flight at the given
3480   // encryption level. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3481   //
3482   // BoringSSL will pack data from a single encryption level together, but a
3483   // single handshake flight may include multiple encryption levels. Callers
3484   // should defer writing data to the network until |flush_flight| to better
3485   // pack QUIC packets into transport datagrams.
3486   //
3487   // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be
3488   // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|.
3489   int (*add_handshake_data)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level,
3490                             const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
3491   // flush_flight is called when the current flight is complete and should be
3492   // written to the transport. Note a flight may contain data at several
3493   // encryption levels. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3494   int (*flush_flight)(SSL *ssl);
3495   // send_alert sends a fatal alert at the specified encryption level. It
3496   // returns one on success and zero on error.
3497   //
3498   // If |level| is not |ssl_encryption_initial|, this function will not be
3499   // called before |level| is initialized with |set_write_secret|.
3500   int (*send_alert)(SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level, uint8_t alert);
3501 };
3502 
3503 // SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len returns returns the maximum number of bytes
3504 // that may be received at the given encryption level. This function should be
3505 // used to limit buffering in the QUIC implementation.
3506 //
3507 // See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc9000#section-7.5
3508 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_quic_max_handshake_flight_len(
3509     const SSL *ssl, enum ssl_encryption_level_t level);
3510 
3511 // SSL_quic_read_level returns the current read encryption level.
3512 //
3513 // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers?
3514 // QUICHE does not use it.
3515 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_read_level(const SSL *ssl);
3516 
3517 // SSL_quic_write_level returns the current write encryption level.
3518 //
3519 // TODO(davidben): Is it still necessary to expose this function to callers?
3520 // QUICHE does not use it.
3521 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_encryption_level_t SSL_quic_write_level(const SSL *ssl);
3522 
3523 // SSL_provide_quic_data provides data from QUIC at a particular encryption
3524 // level |level|. It returns one on success and zero on error. Note this
3525 // function will return zero if the handshake is not expecting data from |level|
3526 // at this time. The QUIC implementation should then close the connection with
3527 // an error.
3528 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_provide_quic_data(SSL *ssl,
3529                                          enum ssl_encryption_level_t level,
3530                                          const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
3531 
3532 
3533 // SSL_process_quic_post_handshake processes any data that QUIC has provided
3534 // after the handshake has completed. This includes NewSessionTicket messages
3535 // sent by the server. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3536 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_process_quic_post_handshake(SSL *ssl);
3537 
3538 // SSL_CTX_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be
3539 // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid
3540 // for the lifetime of |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3541 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_quic_method(SSL_CTX *ctx,
3542                                            const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method);
3543 
3544 // SSL_set_quic_method configures the QUIC hooks. This should only be
3545 // configured with a minimum version of TLS 1.3. |quic_method| must remain valid
3546 // for the lifetime of |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3547 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_method(SSL *ssl,
3548                                        const SSL_QUIC_METHOD *quic_method);
3549 
3550 // SSL_set_quic_transport_params configures |ssl| to send |params| (of length
3551 // |params_len|) in the quic_transport_parameters extension in either the
3552 // ClientHello or EncryptedExtensions handshake message. It is an error to set
3553 // transport parameters if |ssl| is not configured for QUIC. The buffer pointed
3554 // to by |params| only need be valid for the duration of the call to this
3555 // function. This function returns 1 on success and 0 on failure.
3556 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_transport_params(SSL *ssl,
3557                                                  const uint8_t *params,
3558                                                  size_t params_len);
3559 
3560 // SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params provides the caller with the value of the
3561 // quic_transport_parameters extension sent by the peer. A pointer to the buffer
3562 // containing the TransportParameters will be put in |*out_params|, and its
3563 // length in |*params_len|. This buffer will be valid for the lifetime of the
3564 // |SSL|. If no params were received from the peer, |*out_params_len| will be 0.
3565 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get_peer_quic_transport_params(
3566     const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_params, size_t *out_params_len);
3567 
3568 // SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint configures whether to use the legacy QUIC
3569 // extension codepoint 0xffa5 as opposed to the official value 57. Call with
3570 // |use_legacy| set to 1 to use 0xffa5 and call with 0 to use 57. By default,
3571 // the standard code point is used.
3572 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_quic_use_legacy_codepoint(SSL *ssl, int use_legacy);
3573 
3574 // SSL_set_quic_early_data_context configures a context string in QUIC servers
3575 // for accepting early data. If a resumption connection offers early data, the
3576 // server will check if the value matches that of the connection which minted
3577 // the ticket. If not, resumption still succeeds but early data is rejected.
3578 // This should include all QUIC Transport Parameters except ones specified that
3579 // the client MUST NOT remember. This should also include any application
3580 // protocol-specific state. For HTTP/3, this should be the serialized server
3581 // SETTINGS frame and the QUIC Transport Parameters (except the stateless reset
3582 // token).
3583 //
3584 // This function may be called before |SSL_do_handshake| or during server
3585 // certificate selection. It returns 1 on success and 0 on failure.
3586 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_quic_early_data_context(SSL *ssl,
3587                                                    const uint8_t *context,
3588                                                    size_t context_len);
3589 
3590 
3591 // Early data.
3592 //
3593 // WARNING: 0-RTT support in BoringSSL is currently experimental and not fully
3594 // implemented. It may cause interoperability or security failures when used.
3595 //
3596 // Early data, or 0-RTT, is a feature in TLS 1.3 which allows clients to send
3597 // data on the first flight during a resumption handshake. This can save a
3598 // round-trip in some application protocols.
3599 //
3600 // WARNING: A 0-RTT handshake has different security properties from normal
3601 // handshake, so it is off by default unless opted in. In particular, early data
3602 // is replayable by a network attacker. Callers must account for this when
3603 // sending or processing data before the handshake is confirmed. See RFC 8446
3604 // for more information.
3605 //
3606 // As a server, if early data is accepted, |SSL_do_handshake| will complete as
3607 // soon as the ClientHello is processed and server flight sent. |SSL_write| may
3608 // be used to send half-RTT data. |SSL_read| will consume early data and
3609 // transition to 1-RTT data as appropriate. Prior to the transition,
3610 // |SSL_in_init| will report the handshake is still in progress. Callers may use
3611 // it or |SSL_in_early_data| to defer or reject requests as needed.
3612 //
3613 // Early data as a client is more complex. If the offered session (see
3614 // |SSL_set_session|) is 0-RTT-capable, the handshake will return after sending
3615 // the ClientHello. The predicted peer certificates and ALPN protocol will be
3616 // available via the usual APIs. |SSL_write| will write early data, up to the
3617 // session's limit. Writes past this limit and |SSL_read| will complete the
3618 // handshake before continuing. Callers may also call |SSL_do_handshake| again
3619 // to complete the handshake sooner.
3620 //
3621 // If the server accepts early data, the handshake will succeed. |SSL_read| and
3622 // |SSL_write| will then act as in a 1-RTT handshake. The peer certificates and
3623 // ALPN protocol will be as predicted and need not be re-queried.
3624 //
3625 // If the server rejects early data, |SSL_do_handshake| (and thus |SSL_read| and
3626 // |SSL_write|) will then fail with |SSL_get_error| returning
3627 // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|. The caller should treat this as a connection
3628 // error and most likely perform a high-level retry. Note the server may still
3629 // have processed the early data due to attacker replays.
3630 //
3631 // To then continue the handshake on the original connection, use
3632 // |SSL_reset_early_data_reject|. The connection will then behave as one which
3633 // had not yet completed the handshake. This allows a faster retry than making a
3634 // fresh connection. |SSL_do_handshake| will complete the full handshake,
3635 // possibly resulting in different peer certificates, ALPN protocol, and other
3636 // properties. The caller must disregard any values from before the reset and
3637 // query again.
3638 //
3639 // Finally, to implement the fallback described in RFC 8446 appendix D.3, retry
3640 // on a fresh connection without 0-RTT if the handshake fails with
3641 // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA|.
3642 
3643 // SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used
3644 // with resumptions using |ctx|.
3645 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled);
3646 
3647 // SSL_set_early_data_enabled sets whether early data is allowed to be used
3648 // with resumptions using |ssl|. See |SSL_CTX_set_early_data_enabled| for more
3649 // information.
3650 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_early_data_enabled(SSL *ssl, int enabled);
3651 
3652 // SSL_in_early_data returns one if |ssl| has a pending handshake that has
3653 // progressed enough to send or receive early data. Clients may call |SSL_write|
3654 // to send early data, but |SSL_read| will complete the handshake before
3655 // accepting application data. Servers may call |SSL_read| to read early data
3656 // and |SSL_write| to send half-RTT data.
3657 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_in_early_data(const SSL *ssl);
3658 
3659 // SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable returns whether early data would have been
3660 // attempted with |session| if enabled.
3661 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_early_data_capable(const SSL_SESSION *session);
3662 
3663 // SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data returns a copy of |session| with early
3664 // data disabled. If |session| already does not support early data, it returns
3665 // |session| with the reference count increased. The caller takes ownership of
3666 // the result and must release it with |SSL_SESSION_free|.
3667 //
3668 // This function may be used on the client to clear early data support from
3669 // existing sessions when the server rejects early data. In particular,
3670 // |SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA| requires a fresh connection to retry, and
3671 // the client would not want 0-RTT enabled for the next connection attempt.
3672 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_SESSION_copy_without_early_data(
3673     SSL_SESSION *session);
3674 
3675 // SSL_early_data_accepted returns whether early data was accepted on the
3676 // handshake performed by |ssl|.
3677 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_data_accepted(const SSL *ssl);
3678 
3679 // SSL_reset_early_data_reject resets |ssl| after an early data reject. All
3680 // 0-RTT state is discarded, including any pending |SSL_write| calls. The caller
3681 // should treat |ssl| as a logically fresh connection, usually by driving the
3682 // handshake to completion using |SSL_do_handshake|.
3683 //
3684 // It is an error to call this function on an |SSL| object that is not signaling
3685 // |SSL_ERROR_EARLY_DATA_REJECTED|.
3686 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_reset_early_data_reject(SSL *ssl);
3687 
3688 // SSL_get_ticket_age_skew returns the difference, in seconds, between the
3689 // client-sent ticket age and the server-computed value in TLS 1.3 server
3690 // connections which resumed a session.
3691 OPENSSL_EXPORT int32_t SSL_get_ticket_age_skew(const SSL *ssl);
3692 
3693 // An ssl_early_data_reason_t describes why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected.
3694 // These values are persisted to logs. Entries should not be renumbered and
3695 // numeric values should never be reused.
3696 enum ssl_early_data_reason_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
3697   // The handshake has not progressed far enough for the 0-RTT status to be
3698   // known.
3699   ssl_early_data_unknown = 0,
3700   // 0-RTT is disabled for this connection.
3701   ssl_early_data_disabled = 1,
3702   // 0-RTT was accepted.
3703   ssl_early_data_accepted = 2,
3704   // The negotiated protocol version does not support 0-RTT.
3705   ssl_early_data_protocol_version = 3,
3706   // The peer declined to offer or accept 0-RTT for an unknown reason.
3707   ssl_early_data_peer_declined = 4,
3708   // The client did not offer a session.
3709   ssl_early_data_no_session_offered = 5,
3710   // The server declined to resume the session.
3711   ssl_early_data_session_not_resumed = 6,
3712   // The session does not support 0-RTT.
3713   ssl_early_data_unsupported_for_session = 7,
3714   // The server sent a HelloRetryRequest.
3715   ssl_early_data_hello_retry_request = 8,
3716   // The negotiated ALPN protocol did not match the session.
3717   ssl_early_data_alpn_mismatch = 9,
3718   // The connection negotiated Channel ID, which is incompatible with 0-RTT.
3719   ssl_early_data_channel_id = 10,
3720   // Value 11 is reserved. (It has historically |ssl_early_data_token_binding|.)
3721   // The client and server ticket age were too far apart.
3722   ssl_early_data_ticket_age_skew = 12,
3723   // QUIC parameters differ between this connection and the original.
3724   ssl_early_data_quic_parameter_mismatch = 13,
3725   // The application settings did not match the session.
3726   ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch = 14,
3727   // The value of the largest entry.
3728   ssl_early_data_reason_max_value = ssl_early_data_alps_mismatch,
3729 };
3730 
3731 // SSL_get_early_data_reason returns details why 0-RTT was accepted or rejected
3732 // on |ssl|. This is primarily useful on the server.
3733 OPENSSL_EXPORT enum ssl_early_data_reason_t SSL_get_early_data_reason(
3734     const SSL *ssl);
3735 
3736 // SSL_early_data_reason_string returns a string representation for |reason|, or
3737 // NULL if |reason| is unknown. This function may be used for logging.
3738 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_early_data_reason_string(
3739     enum ssl_early_data_reason_t reason);
3740 
3741 
3742 // Encrypted ClientHello.
3743 //
3744 // ECH is a mechanism for encrypting the entire ClientHello message in TLS 1.3.
3745 // This can prevent observers from seeing cleartext information about the
3746 // connection, such as the server_name extension.
3747 //
3748 // By default, BoringSSL will treat the server name, session ticket, and client
3749 // certificate as secret, but most other parameters, such as the ALPN protocol
3750 // list will be treated as public and sent in the cleartext ClientHello. Other
3751 // APIs may be added for applications with different secrecy requirements.
3752 //
3753 // ECH support in BoringSSL is still experimental and under development.
3754 //
3755 // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tls-esni-13.
3756 
3757 // SSL_set_enable_ech_grease configures whether the client will send a GREASE
3758 // ECH extension when no supported ECHConfig is available.
3759 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enable_ech_grease(SSL *ssl, int enable);
3760 
3761 // SSL_set1_ech_config_list configures |ssl| to, as a client, offer ECH with the
3762 // specified configuration. |ech_config_list| should contain a serialized
3763 // ECHConfigList structure. It returns one on success and zero on error.
3764 //
3765 // This function returns an error if the input is malformed. If the input is
3766 // valid but none of the ECHConfigs implement supported parameters, it will
3767 // return success and proceed without ECH.
3768 //
3769 // If a supported ECHConfig is found, |ssl| will encrypt the true ClientHello
3770 // parameters. If the server cannot decrypt it, e.g. due to a key mismatch, ECH
3771 // has a recovery flow. |ssl| will handshake using the cleartext parameters,
3772 // including a public name in the ECHConfig. If using
3773 // |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|, callers should use |SSL_get0_ech_name_override|
3774 // to verify the certificate with the public name. If using the built-in
3775 // verifier, the |X509_STORE_CTX| will be configured automatically.
3776 //
3777 // If no other errors are found in this handshake, it will fail with
3778 // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|. Since it didn't use the true parameters, the connection
3779 // cannot be used for application data. Instead, callers should handle this
3780 // error by calling |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs| and retrying the connection
3781 // with updated ECH parameters. If the retry also fails with
3782 // |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|, the caller should report a connection failure.
3783 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_ech_config_list(SSL *ssl,
3784                                             const uint8_t *ech_config_list,
3785                                             size_t ech_config_list_len);
3786 
3787 // SSL_get0_ech_name_override, if |ssl| is a client and the server rejected ECH,
3788 // sets |*out_name| and |*out_name_len| to point to a buffer containing the ECH
3789 // public name. Otherwise, the buffer will be empty.
3790 //
3791 // When offering ECH as a client, this function should be called during the
3792 // certificate verification callback (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|). If
3793 // |*out_name_len| is non-zero, the caller should verify the certificate against
3794 // the result, interpreted as a DNS name, rather than the true server name. In
3795 // this case, the handshake will never succeed and is only used to authenticate
3796 // retry configs. See also |SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs|.
3797 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_name_override(const SSL *ssl,
3798                                                const char **out_name,
3799                                                size_t *out_name_len);
3800 
3801 // SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs sets |*out_retry_configs| and
3802 // |*out_retry_configs_len| to a buffer containing a serialized ECHConfigList.
3803 // If the server did not provide an ECHConfigList, |*out_retry_configs_len| will
3804 // be zero.
3805 //
3806 // When handling an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED| error code as a client, callers should
3807 // use this function to recover from potential key mismatches. If the result is
3808 // non-empty, the caller should retry the connection, passing this buffer to
3809 // |SSL_set1_ech_config_list|. If the result is empty, the server has rolled
3810 // back ECH support, and the caller should retry without ECH.
3811 //
3812 // This function must only be called in response to an |SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED|
3813 // error code. Calling this function on |ssl|s that have not authenticated the
3814 // rejection handshake will assert in debug builds and otherwise return an
3815 // unparsable list.
3816 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_get0_ech_retry_configs(
3817     const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_retry_configs,
3818     size_t *out_retry_configs_len);
3819 
3820 // SSL_marshal_ech_config constructs a new serialized ECHConfig. On success, it
3821 // sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer containing the result and |*out_len|
3822 // to the size of the buffer. The caller must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to
3823 // release the memory. On failure, it returns zero.
3824 //
3825 // The |config_id| field is a single byte identifer for the ECHConfig. Reusing
3826 // config IDs is allowed, but if multiple ECHConfigs with the same config ID are
3827 // active at a time, server load may increase. See
3828 // |SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id|.
3829 //
3830 // The public key and KEM algorithm are taken from |key|. |public_name| is the
3831 // DNS name used to authenticate the recovery flow. |max_name_len| should be the
3832 // length of the longest name in the ECHConfig's anonymity set and influences
3833 // client padding decisions.
3834 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_marshal_ech_config(uint8_t **out, size_t *out_len,
3835                                           uint8_t config_id,
3836                                           const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key,
3837                                           const char *public_name,
3838                                           size_t max_name_len);
3839 
3840 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_new returns a newly-allocated |SSL_ECH_KEYS| or NULL on error.
3841 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_ECH_KEYS *SSL_ECH_KEYS_new(void);
3842 
3843 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref increments the reference count of |keys|.
3844 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys);
3845 
3846 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_free releases memory associated with |keys|.
3847 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_ECH_KEYS_free(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys);
3848 
3849 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_add decodes |ech_config| as an ECHConfig and appends it with
3850 // |key| to |keys|. If |is_retry_config| is non-zero, this config will be
3851 // returned to the client on configuration mismatch. It returns one on success
3852 // and zero on error.
3853 //
3854 // This function should be called successively to register each ECHConfig in
3855 // decreasing order of preference. This configuration must be completed before
3856 // setting |keys| on an |SSL_CTX| with |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|. After that
3857 // point, |keys| is immutable; no more ECHConfig values may be added.
3858 //
3859 // See also |SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys|.
3860 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_add(SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys, int is_retry_config,
3861                                     const uint8_t *ech_config,
3862                                     size_t ech_config_len,
3863                                     const EVP_HPKE_KEY *key);
3864 
3865 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id returns one if |keys| has duplicate
3866 // config IDs or zero otherwise. Duplicate config IDs still work, but may
3867 // increase server load due to trial decryption.
3868 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_has_duplicate_config_id(
3869     const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys);
3870 
3871 // SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs serializes the retry configs in |keys| as
3872 // an ECHConfigList. On success, it sets |*out| to a newly-allocated buffer
3873 // containing the result and |*out_len| to the size of the buffer. The caller
3874 // must call |OPENSSL_free| on |*out| to release the memory. On failure, it
3875 // returns zero.
3876 //
3877 // This output may be advertised to clients in DNS.
3878 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ECH_KEYS_marshal_retry_configs(const SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys,
3879                                                       uint8_t **out,
3880                                                       size_t *out_len);
3881 
3882 // SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys configures |ctx| to use |keys| to decrypt encrypted
3883 // ClientHellos. It returns one on success, and zero on failure. If |keys| does
3884 // not contain any retry configs, this function will fail. Retry configs are
3885 // marked as such when they are added to |keys| with |SSL_ECH_KEYS_add|.
3886 //
3887 // Once |keys| has been passed to this function, it is immutable. Unlike most
3888 // |SSL_CTX| configuration functions, this function may be called even if |ctx|
3889 // already has associated connections on multiple threads. This may be used to
3890 // rotate keys in a long-lived server process.
3891 //
3892 // The configured ECHConfig values should also be advertised out-of-band via DNS
3893 // (see draft-ietf-dnsop-svcb-https). Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS,
3894 // deployments should ensure all instances of the service are configured with
3895 // the ECHConfig and corresponding private key.
3896 //
3897 // Only the most recent fully-deployed ECHConfigs should be advertised in DNS.
3898 // |keys| may contain a newer set if those ECHConfigs are mid-deployment. It
3899 // should also contain older sets, until the DNS change has rolled out and the
3900 // old records have expired from caches.
3901 //
3902 // If there is a mismatch, |SSL| objects associated with |ctx| will complete the
3903 // handshake using the cleartext ClientHello and send updated ECHConfig values
3904 // to the client. The client will then retry to recover, but with a latency
3905 // penalty. This recovery flow depends on the public name in the ECHConfig.
3906 // Before advertising an ECHConfig in DNS, deployments must ensure all instances
3907 // of the service can present a valid certificate for the public name.
3908 //
3909 // BoringSSL negotiates ECH before certificate selection callbacks are called,
3910 // including |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|. If ECH is negotiated, the
3911 // reported |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure and |SSL_get_servername| function will
3912 // transparently reflect the inner ClientHello. Callers should select parameters
3913 // based on these values to correctly handle ECH as well as the recovery flow.
3914 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_ech_keys(SSL_CTX *ctx, SSL_ECH_KEYS *keys);
3915 
3916 // SSL_ech_accepted returns one if |ssl| negotiated ECH and zero otherwise.
3917 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_ech_accepted(const SSL *ssl);
3918 
3919 
3920 // Alerts.
3921 //
3922 // TLS uses alerts to signal error conditions. Alerts have a type (warning or
3923 // fatal) and description. OpenSSL internally handles fatal alerts with
3924 // dedicated error codes (see |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET|). Except for close_notify,
3925 // warning alerts are silently ignored and may only be surfaced with
3926 // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|.
3927 
3928 // SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET is the offset between error reasons and |SSL_AD_*|
3929 // values. Any error code under |ERR_LIB_SSL| with an error reason above this
3930 // value corresponds to an alert description. Consumers may add or subtract
3931 // |SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET| to convert between them.
3932 //
3933 // make_errors.go reserves error codes above 1000 for manually-assigned errors.
3934 // This value must be kept in sync with reservedReasonCode in make_errors.h
3935 #define SSL_AD_REASON_OFFSET 1000
3936 
3937 // SSL_AD_* are alert descriptions.
3938 #define SSL_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY SSL3_AD_CLOSE_NOTIFY
3939 #define SSL_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE SSL3_AD_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE
3940 #define SSL_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC SSL3_AD_BAD_RECORD_MAC
3941 #define SSL_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED TLS1_AD_DECRYPTION_FAILED
3942 #define SSL_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW TLS1_AD_RECORD_OVERFLOW
3943 #define SSL_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE SSL3_AD_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE
3944 #define SSL_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE SSL3_AD_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE
3945 #define SSL_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_NO_CERTIFICATE  // Legacy SSL 3.0 value
3946 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE
3947 #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE SSL3_AD_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE
3948 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED
3949 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED
3950 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN SSL3_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN
3951 #define SSL_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER SSL3_AD_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER
3952 #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_CA TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_CA
3953 #define SSL_AD_ACCESS_DENIED TLS1_AD_ACCESS_DENIED
3954 #define SSL_AD_DECODE_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECODE_ERROR
3955 #define SSL_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR TLS1_AD_DECRYPT_ERROR
3956 #define SSL_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION TLS1_AD_EXPORT_RESTRICTION
3957 #define SSL_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION TLS1_AD_PROTOCOL_VERSION
3958 #define SSL_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY TLS1_AD_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY
3959 #define SSL_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR TLS1_AD_INTERNAL_ERROR
3960 #define SSL_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK SSL3_AD_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK
3961 #define SSL_AD_USER_CANCELLED TLS1_AD_USER_CANCELLED
3962 #define SSL_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION TLS1_AD_NO_RENEGOTIATION
3963 #define SSL_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_MISSING_EXTENSION
3964 #define SSL_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION TLS1_AD_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION
3965 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE
3966 #define SSL_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME TLS1_AD_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME
3967 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \
3968   TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE
3969 #define SSL_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE TLS1_AD_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE
3970 #define SSL_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY TLS1_AD_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY
3971 #define SSL_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED
3972 #define SSL_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL TLS1_AD_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL
3973 #define SSL_AD_ECH_REQUIRED TLS1_AD_ECH_REQUIRED
3974 
3975 // SSL_alert_type_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an
3976 // alert type (warning or fatal).
3977 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string_long(int value);
3978 
3979 // SSL_alert_desc_string_long returns a string description of |value| as an
3980 // alert description or "unknown" if unknown.
3981 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string_long(int value);
3982 
3983 // SSL_send_fatal_alert sends a fatal alert over |ssl| of the specified type,
3984 // which should be one of the |SSL_AD_*| constants. It returns one on success
3985 // and <= 0 on error. The caller should pass the return value into
3986 // |SSL_get_error| to determine how to proceed. Once this function has been
3987 // called, future calls to |SSL_write| will fail.
3988 //
3989 // If retrying a failed operation due to |SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE|, subsequent
3990 // calls must use the same |alert| parameter.
3991 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_send_fatal_alert(SSL *ssl, uint8_t alert);
3992 
3993 
3994 // ex_data functions.
3995 //
3996 // See |ex_data.h| for details.
3997 
3998 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_ex_data(SSL *ssl, int idx, void *data);
3999 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_get_ex_data(const SSL *ssl, int idx);
4000 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp,
4001                                         CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused,
4002                                         CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused,
4003                                         CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
4004 
4005 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(SSL_SESSION *session, int idx,
4006                                            void *data);
4007 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(const SSL_SESSION *session,
4008                                              int idx);
4009 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp,
4010                                                 CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused,
4011                                                 CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused,
4012                                                 CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
4013 
4014 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx, void *data);
4015 OPENSSL_EXPORT void *SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(const SSL_CTX *ctx, int idx);
4016 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(long argl, void *argp,
4017                                             CRYPTO_EX_unused *unused,
4018                                             CRYPTO_EX_dup *dup_unused,
4019                                             CRYPTO_EX_free *free_func);
4020 
4021 
4022 // Low-level record-layer state.
4023 
4024 // SSL_get_ivs sets |*out_iv_len| to the length of the IVs for the ciphers
4025 // underlying |ssl| and sets |*out_read_iv| and |*out_write_iv| to point to the
4026 // current IVs for the read and write directions. This is only meaningful for
4027 // connections with implicit IVs (i.e. CBC mode with TLS 1.0).
4028 //
4029 // It returns one on success or zero on error.
4030 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_ivs(const SSL *ssl, const uint8_t **out_read_iv,
4031                                const uint8_t **out_write_iv,
4032                                size_t *out_iv_len);
4033 
4034 // SSL_get_key_block_len returns the length of |ssl|'s key block, for TLS 1.2
4035 // and below. It is an error to call this function during a handshake, or if
4036 // |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3.
4037 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_key_block_len(const SSL *ssl);
4038 
4039 // SSL_generate_key_block generates |out_len| bytes of key material for |ssl|'s
4040 // current connection state, for TLS 1.2 and below. It is an error to call this
4041 // function during a handshake, or if |ssl| negotiated TLS 1.3.
4042 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_generate_key_block(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
4043                                           size_t out_len);
4044 
4045 // SSL_get_read_sequence returns, in TLS, the expected sequence number of the
4046 // next incoming record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it returns the maximum
4047 // sequence number received in the current epoch and includes the epoch number
4048 // in the two most significant bytes.
4049 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_read_sequence(const SSL *ssl);
4050 
4051 // SSL_get_write_sequence returns the sequence number of the next outgoing
4052 // record in the current epoch. In DTLS, it includes the epoch number in the
4053 // two most significant bytes.
4054 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint64_t SSL_get_write_sequence(const SSL *ssl);
4055 
4056 // SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version returns whether |version| is zero.
4057 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_record_protocol_version(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4058                                                        int version);
4059 
4060 
4061 // Handshake hints.
4062 //
4063 // WARNING: Contact the BoringSSL team before using this API. While this
4064 // mechanism was designed to gracefully recover from version skew and
4065 // configuration mismatch, splitting a single TLS server into multiple services
4066 // is complex.
4067 //
4068 // Some server deployments make asynchronous RPC calls in both ClientHello
4069 // dispatch and private key operations. In TLS handshakes where the private key
4070 // operation occurs in the first round-trip, this results in two consecutive RPC
4071 // round-trips. Handshake hints allow the RPC service to predict a signature.
4072 // If correctly predicted, this can skip the second RPC call.
4073 //
4074 // First, the server installs a certificate selection callback (see
4075 // |SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb|). When that is called, it performs the
4076 // RPC as before, but includes the ClientHello and a capabilities string from
4077 // |SSL_serialize_capabilities|.
4078 //
4079 // Next, the RPC service creates its own |SSL| object, applies the results of
4080 // certificate selection, calls |SSL_request_handshake_hints|, and runs the
4081 // handshake. If this successfully computes handshake hints (see
4082 // |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints|), the RPC server should send the hints
4083 // alongside any certificate selection results.
4084 //
4085 // Finally, the server calls |SSL_set_handshake_hints| and applies any
4086 // configuration from the RPC server. It then completes the handshake as before.
4087 // If the hints apply, BoringSSL will use the predicted signature and skip the
4088 // private key callbacks. Otherwise, BoringSSL will call private key callbacks
4089 // to generate a signature as before.
4090 //
4091 // Callers should synchronize configuration across the two services.
4092 // Configuration mismatches and some cases of version skew are not fatal, but
4093 // may result in the hints not applying. Additionally, some handshake flows use
4094 // the private key in later round-trips, such as TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest. In
4095 // those cases, BoringSSL will not predict a signature as there is no benefit.
4096 // Callers must allow for handshakes to complete without a predicted signature.
4097 
4098 // SSL_serialize_capabilities writes an opaque byte string to |out| describing
4099 // some of |ssl|'s capabilities. It returns one on success and zero on error.
4100 //
4101 // This string is used by BoringSSL internally to reduce the impact of version
4102 // skew.
4103 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_capabilities(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out);
4104 
4105 // SSL_request_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to generate a handshake hint for
4106 // |client_hello|. It returns one on success and zero on error. |client_hello|
4107 // should contain a serialized ClientHello structure, from the |client_hello|
4108 // and |client_hello_len| fields of the |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| structure.
4109 // |capabilities| should contain the output of |SSL_serialize_capabilities|.
4110 //
4111 // When configured, |ssl| will perform no I/O (so there is no need to configure
4112 // |BIO|s). For QUIC, the caller should still configure an |SSL_QUIC_METHOD|,
4113 // but the callbacks themselves will never be called and may be left NULL or
4114 // report failure. |SSL_provide_quic_data| also should not be called.
4115 //
4116 // If hint generation is successful, |SSL_do_handshake| will stop the handshake
4117 // early with |SSL_get_error| returning |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|. At
4118 // this point, the caller should run |SSL_serialize_handshake_hints| to extract
4119 // the resulting hints.
4120 //
4121 // Hint generation may fail if, e.g., |ssl| was unable to process the
4122 // ClientHello. Callers should then complete the certificate selection RPC and
4123 // continue the original handshake with no hint. It will likely fail, but this
4124 // reports the correct alert to the client and is more robust in case of
4125 // mismatch.
4126 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_request_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl,
4127                                                const uint8_t *client_hello,
4128                                                size_t client_hello_len,
4129                                                const uint8_t *capabilities,
4130                                                size_t capabilities_len);
4131 
4132 // SSL_serialize_handshake_hints writes an opaque byte string to |out|
4133 // containing the handshake hints computed by |out|. It returns one on success
4134 // and zero on error. This function should only be called if
4135 // |SSL_request_handshake_hints| was configured and the handshake terminated
4136 // with |SSL_ERROR_HANDSHAKE_HINTS_READY|.
4137 //
4138 // This string may be passed to |SSL_set_handshake_hints| on another |SSL| to
4139 // avoid an extra signature call.
4140 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_serialize_handshake_hints(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out);
4141 
4142 // SSL_set_handshake_hints configures |ssl| to use |hints| as handshake hints.
4143 // It returns one on success and zero on error. The handshake will then continue
4144 // as before, but apply predicted values from |hints| where applicable.
4145 //
4146 // Hints may contain connection and session secrets, so they must not leak and
4147 // must come from a source trusted to terminate the connection. However, they
4148 // will not change |ssl|'s configuration. The caller is responsible for
4149 // serializing and applying options from the RPC server as needed. This ensures
4150 // |ssl|'s behavior is self-consistent and consistent with the caller's local
4151 // decisions.
4152 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_handshake_hints(SSL *ssl, const uint8_t *hints,
4153                                            size_t hints_len);
4154 
4155 
4156 // Obscure functions.
4157 
4158 // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback for |ctx|.
4159 // This callback will be called when sending or receiving low-level record
4160 // headers, complete handshake messages, ChangeCipherSpec, and alerts.
4161 // |write_p| is one for outgoing messages and zero for incoming messages.
4162 //
4163 // For each record header, |cb| is called with |version| = 0 and |content_type|
4164 // = |SSL3_RT_HEADER|. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the header. Note that
4165 // this does not include the record body. If the record is sealed, the length
4166 // in the header is the length of the ciphertext.
4167 //
4168 // For each handshake message, ChangeCipherSpec, and alert, |version| is the
4169 // protocol version and |content_type| is the corresponding record type. The
4170 // |len| bytes from |buf| contain the handshake message, one-byte
4171 // ChangeCipherSpec body, and two-byte alert, respectively.
4172 //
4173 // In connections that enable ECH, |cb| is additionally called with
4174 // |content_type| = |SSL3_RT_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER| for each ClientHelloInner that
4175 // is encrypted or decrypted. The |len| bytes from |buf| contain the
4176 // ClientHelloInner, including the reconstructed outer extensions and handshake
4177 // header.
4178 //
4179 // For a V2ClientHello, |version| is |SSL2_VERSION|, |content_type| is zero, and
4180 // the |len| bytes from |buf| contain the V2ClientHello structure.
4181 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback(
4182     SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(int is_write, int version, int content_type,
4183                              const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg));
4184 
4185 // SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message
4186 // callback.
4187 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg);
4188 
4189 // SSL_set_msg_callback installs |cb| as the message callback of |ssl|. See
4190 // |SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback| for when this callback is called.
4191 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback(
4192     SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(int write_p, int version, int content_type,
4193                          const void *buf, size_t len, SSL *ssl, void *arg));
4194 
4195 // SSL_set_msg_callback_arg sets the |arg| parameter of the message callback.
4196 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_msg_callback_arg(SSL *ssl, void *arg);
4197 
4198 // SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback configures a callback to log key material. This
4199 // is intended for debugging use with tools like Wireshark. The |cb| function
4200 // should log |line| followed by a newline, synchronizing with any concurrent
4201 // access to the log.
4202 //
4203 // The format is described in
4204 // https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Mozilla/Projects/NSS/Key_Log_Format.
4205 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback(
4206     SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, const char *line));
4207 
4208 // SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback returns the callback configured by
4209 // |SSL_CTX_set_keylog_callback|.
4210 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_keylog_callback(const SSL_CTX *ctx))(
4211     const SSL *ssl, const char *line);
4212 
4213 // SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb configures a callback to retrieve the current
4214 // time, which should be set in |*out_clock|. This can be used for testing
4215 // purposes; for example, a callback can be configured that returns a time
4216 // set explicitly by the test. The |ssl| pointer passed to |cb| is always null.
4217 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_current_time_cb(
4218     SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, struct timeval *out_clock));
4219 
4220 // SSL_set_shed_handshake_config allows some of the configuration of |ssl| to be
4221 // freed after its handshake completes.  Once configuration has been shed, APIs
4222 // that query it may fail.  "Configuration" in this context means anything that
4223 // was set by the caller, as distinct from information derived from the
4224 // handshake.  For example, |SSL_get_ciphers| queries how the |SSL| was
4225 // configured by the caller, and fails after configuration has been shed,
4226 // whereas |SSL_get_cipher| queries the result of the handshake, and is
4227 // unaffected by configuration shedding.
4228 //
4229 // If configuration shedding is enabled, it is an error to call |SSL_clear|.
4230 //
4231 // Note that configuration shedding as a client additionally depends on
4232 // renegotiation being disabled (see |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode|). If
4233 // renegotiation is possible, the configuration will be retained. If
4234 // configuration shedding is enabled and renegotiation later disabled after the
4235 // handshake, |SSL_set_renegotiate_mode| will shed configuration then. This may
4236 // be useful for clients which support renegotiation with some ALPN protocols,
4237 // such as HTTP/1.1, and not others, such as HTTP/2.
4238 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shed_handshake_config(SSL *ssl, int enable);
4239 
4240 enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
4241   ssl_renegotiate_never = 0,
4242   ssl_renegotiate_once,
4243   ssl_renegotiate_freely,
4244   ssl_renegotiate_ignore,
4245   ssl_renegotiate_explicit,
4246 };
4247 
4248 // SSL_set_renegotiate_mode configures how |ssl|, a client, reacts to
4249 // renegotiation attempts by a server. If |ssl| is a server, peer-initiated
4250 // renegotiations are *always* rejected and this function does nothing.
4251 //
4252 // WARNING: Renegotiation is error-prone, complicates TLS's security properties,
4253 // and increases its attack surface. When enabled, many common assumptions about
4254 // BoringSSL's behavior no longer hold, and the calling application must handle
4255 // more cases. Renegotiation is also incompatible with many application
4256 // protocols, e.g. section 9.2.1 of RFC 7540. Many functions behave in ambiguous
4257 // or undefined ways during a renegotiation.
4258 //
4259 // The renegotiation mode defaults to |ssl_renegotiate_never|, but may be set
4260 // at any point in a connection's lifetime. Set it to |ssl_renegotiate_once| to
4261 // allow one renegotiation, |ssl_renegotiate_freely| to allow all
4262 // renegotiations or |ssl_renegotiate_ignore| to ignore HelloRequest messages.
4263 // Note that ignoring HelloRequest messages may cause the connection to stall
4264 // if the server waits for the renegotiation to complete.
4265 //
4266 // If set to |ssl_renegotiate_explicit|, |SSL_read| and |SSL_peek| calls which
4267 // encounter a HelloRequest will pause with |SSL_ERROR_WANT_RENEGOTIATE|.
4268 // |SSL_write| will continue to work while paused. The caller may call
4269 // |SSL_renegotiate| to begin the renegotiation at a later point. This mode may
4270 // be used if callers wish to eagerly call |SSL_peek| without triggering a
4271 // renegotiation.
4272 //
4273 // If configuration shedding is enabled (see |SSL_set_shed_handshake_config|),
4274 // configuration is released if, at any point after the handshake, renegotiation
4275 // is disabled. It is not possible to switch from disabling renegotiation to
4276 // enabling it on a given connection. Callers that condition renegotiation on,
4277 // e.g., ALPN must enable renegotiation before the handshake and conditionally
4278 // disable it afterwards.
4279 //
4280 // When enabled, renegotiation can cause properties of |ssl|, such as the cipher
4281 // suite, to change during the lifetime of the connection. More over, during a
4282 // renegotiation, not all properties of the new handshake are available or fully
4283 // established. In BoringSSL, most functions, such as |SSL_get_current_cipher|,
4284 // report information from the most recently completed handshake, not the
4285 // pending one. However, renegotiation may rerun handshake callbacks, such as
4286 // |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. Such callbacks must ensure they are acting on the
4287 // desired versions of each property.
4288 //
4289 // BoringSSL does not reverify peer certificates on renegotiation and instead
4290 // requires they match between handshakes, so certificate verification callbacks
4291 // (see |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|) may assume |ssl| is in the initial
4292 // handshake and use |SSL_get0_peer_certificates|, etc.
4293 //
4294 // There is no support in BoringSSL for initiating renegotiations as a client
4295 // or server.
4296 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_renegotiate_mode(SSL *ssl,
4297                                              enum ssl_renegotiate_mode_t mode);
4298 
4299 // SSL_renegotiate starts a deferred renegotiation on |ssl| if it was configured
4300 // with |ssl_renegotiate_explicit| and has a pending HelloRequest. It returns
4301 // one on success and zero on error.
4302 //
4303 // This function does not do perform any I/O. On success, a subsequent
4304 // |SSL_do_handshake| call will run the handshake. |SSL_write| and
4305 // |SSL_read| will also complete the handshake before sending or receiving
4306 // application data.
4307 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate(SSL *ssl);
4308 
4309 // SSL_renegotiate_pending returns one if |ssl| is in the middle of a
4310 // renegotiation.
4311 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_renegotiate_pending(SSL *ssl);
4312 
4313 // SSL_total_renegotiations returns the total number of renegotiation handshakes
4314 // performed by |ssl|. This includes the pending renegotiation, if any.
4315 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_total_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl);
4316 
4317 // SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT is the default maximum length, in bytes, of a peer
4318 // certificate chain.
4319 #define SSL_MAX_CERT_LIST_DEFAULT (1024 * 100)
4320 
4321 // SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer
4322 // certificate chain accepted by |ctx|.
4323 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4324 
4325 // SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer
4326 // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be
4327 // consumed during the handshake.
4328 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4329                                               size_t max_cert_list);
4330 
4331 // SSL_get_max_cert_list returns the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer
4332 // certificate chain accepted by |ssl|.
4333 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_max_cert_list(const SSL *ssl);
4334 
4335 // SSL_set_max_cert_list sets the maximum length, in bytes, of a peer
4336 // certificate chain to |max_cert_list|. This affects how much memory may be
4337 // consumed during the handshake.
4338 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_max_cert_list(SSL *ssl, size_t max_cert_list);
4339 
4340 // SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records
4341 // sent by |ctx|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data
4342 // will be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on
4343 // error.
4344 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4345                                                  size_t max_send_fragment);
4346 
4347 // SSL_set_max_send_fragment sets the maximum length, in bytes, of records sent
4348 // by |ssl|. Beyond this length, handshake messages and application data will
4349 // be split into multiple records. It returns one on success or zero on
4350 // error.
4351 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_max_send_fragment(SSL *ssl,
4352                                              size_t max_send_fragment);
4353 
4354 // ssl_early_callback_ctx (aka |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO|) is passed to certain
4355 // callbacks that are called very early on during the server handshake. At this
4356 // point, much of the SSL* hasn't been filled out and only the ClientHello can
4357 // be depended on.
4358 struct ssl_early_callback_ctx {
4359   SSL *ssl;
4360   const uint8_t *client_hello;
4361   size_t client_hello_len;
4362   uint16_t version;
4363   const uint8_t *random;
4364   size_t random_len;
4365   const uint8_t *session_id;
4366   size_t session_id_len;
4367   const uint8_t *cipher_suites;
4368   size_t cipher_suites_len;
4369   const uint8_t *compression_methods;
4370   size_t compression_methods_len;
4371   const uint8_t *extensions;
4372   size_t extensions_len;
4373 } /* SSL_CLIENT_HELLO */;
4374 
4375 // ssl_select_cert_result_t enumerates the possible results from selecting a
4376 // certificate with |select_certificate_cb|.
4377 enum ssl_select_cert_result_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
4378   // ssl_select_cert_success indicates that the certificate selection was
4379   // successful.
4380   ssl_select_cert_success = 1,
4381   // ssl_select_cert_retry indicates that the operation could not be
4382   // immediately completed and must be reattempted at a later point.
4383   ssl_select_cert_retry = 0,
4384   // ssl_select_cert_error indicates that a fatal error occured and the
4385   // handshake should be terminated.
4386   ssl_select_cert_error = -1,
4387 };
4388 
4389 // SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get searches the extensions in
4390 // |client_hello| for an extension of the given type. If not found, it returns
4391 // zero. Otherwise it sets |out_data| to point to the extension contents (not
4392 // including the type and length bytes), sets |out_len| to the length of the
4393 // extension contents and returns one.
4394 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_early_callback_ctx_extension_get(
4395     const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *client_hello, uint16_t extension_type,
4396     const uint8_t **out_data, size_t *out_len);
4397 
4398 // SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb sets a callback that is called before most
4399 // ClientHello processing and before the decision whether to resume a session
4400 // is made. The callback may inspect the ClientHello and configure the
4401 // connection. See |ssl_select_cert_result_t| for details of the return values.
4402 //
4403 // In the case that a retry is indicated, |SSL_get_error| will return
4404 // |SSL_ERROR_PENDING_CERTIFICATE| and the caller should arrange for the
4405 // high-level operation on |ssl| to be retried at a later time, which will
4406 // result in another call to |cb|.
4407 //
4408 // |SSL_get_servername| may be used during this callback.
4409 //
4410 // Note: The |SSL_CLIENT_HELLO| is only valid for the duration of the callback
4411 // and is not valid while the handshake is paused.
4412 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_select_certificate_cb(
4413     SSL_CTX *ctx,
4414     enum ssl_select_cert_result_t (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *));
4415 
4416 // SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb sets a callback that is called once the
4417 // resumption decision for a ClientHello has been made. It can return one to
4418 // allow the handshake to continue or zero to cause the handshake to abort.
4419 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_dos_protection_cb(
4420     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(const SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *));
4421 
4422 // SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume configures whether the certificate
4423 // verification callback will be used to reverify stored certificates
4424 // when resuming a session. This only works with |SSL_CTX_set_custom_verify|.
4425 // For now, this is incompatible with |SSL_VERIFY_NONE| mode, and is only
4426 // respected on clients.
4427 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_reverify_on_resume(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled);
4428 
4429 // SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage configures whether, when |ssl| is a client
4430 // negotiating TLS 1.2 or below, the keyUsage extension of RSA leaf server
4431 // certificates will be checked for consistency with the TLS usage. In all other
4432 // cases, this check is always enabled.
4433 //
4434 // This parameter may be set late; it will not be read until after the
4435 // certificate verification callback.
4436 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage(SSL *ssl, int enabled);
4437 
4438 // SSL_was_key_usage_invalid returns one if |ssl|'s handshake succeeded despite
4439 // using TLS parameters which were incompatible with the leaf certificate's
4440 // keyUsage extension. Otherwise, it returns zero.
4441 //
4442 // If |SSL_set_enforce_rsa_key_usage| is enabled or not applicable, this
4443 // function will always return zero because key usages will be consistently
4444 // checked.
4445 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_was_key_usage_invalid(const SSL *ssl);
4446 
4447 // SSL_ST_* are possible values for |SSL_state|, the bitmasks that make them up,
4448 // and some historical values for compatibility. Only |SSL_ST_INIT| and
4449 // |SSL_ST_OK| are ever returned.
4450 #define SSL_ST_CONNECT 0x1000
4451 #define SSL_ST_ACCEPT 0x2000
4452 #define SSL_ST_MASK 0x0FFF
4453 #define SSL_ST_INIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_ST_ACCEPT)
4454 #define SSL_ST_OK 0x03
4455 #define SSL_ST_RENEGOTIATE (0x04 | SSL_ST_INIT)
4456 #define SSL_ST_BEFORE (0x05 | SSL_ST_INIT)
4457 
4458 // TLS_ST_* are aliases for |SSL_ST_*| for OpenSSL 1.1.0 compatibility.
4459 #define TLS_ST_OK SSL_ST_OK
4460 #define TLS_ST_BEFORE SSL_ST_BEFORE
4461 
4462 // SSL_CB_* are possible values for the |type| parameter in the info
4463 // callback and the bitmasks that make them up.
4464 #define SSL_CB_LOOP 0x01
4465 #define SSL_CB_EXIT 0x02
4466 #define SSL_CB_READ 0x04
4467 #define SSL_CB_WRITE 0x08
4468 #define SSL_CB_ALERT 0x4000
4469 #define SSL_CB_READ_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_READ)
4470 #define SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT (SSL_CB_ALERT | SSL_CB_WRITE)
4471 #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_LOOP)
4472 #define SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT (SSL_ST_ACCEPT | SSL_CB_EXIT)
4473 #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_LOOP)
4474 #define SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT (SSL_ST_CONNECT | SSL_CB_EXIT)
4475 #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START 0x10
4476 #define SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE 0x20
4477 
4478 // SSL_CTX_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run when various
4479 // events occur during a connection's lifetime. The |type| argument determines
4480 // the type of event and the meaning of the |value| argument. Callbacks must
4481 // ignore unexpected |type| values.
4482 //
4483 // |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT| is signaled for each alert received, warning or fatal.
4484 // The |value| argument is a 16-bit value where the alert level (either
4485 // |SSL3_AL_WARNING| or |SSL3_AL_FATAL|) is in the most-significant eight bits
4486 // and the alert type (one of |SSL_AD_*|) is in the least-significant eight.
4487 //
4488 // |SSL_CB_WRITE_ALERT| is signaled for each alert sent. The |value| argument
4489 // is constructed as with |SSL_CB_READ_ALERT|.
4490 //
4491 // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_START| is signaled when a handshake begins. The |value|
4492 // argument is always one.
4493 //
4494 // |SSL_CB_HANDSHAKE_DONE| is signaled when a handshake completes successfully.
4495 // The |value| argument is always one. If a handshake False Starts, this event
4496 // may be used to determine when the Finished message is received.
4497 //
4498 // The following event types expose implementation details of the handshake
4499 // state machine. Consuming them is deprecated.
4500 //
4501 // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_LOOP| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_LOOP|) is signaled when
4502 // a server (respectively, client) handshake progresses. The |value| argument
4503 // is always one.
4504 //
4505 // |SSL_CB_ACCEPT_EXIT| (respectively, |SSL_CB_CONNECT_EXIT|) is signaled when
4506 // a server (respectively, client) handshake completes, fails, or is paused.
4507 // The |value| argument is one if the handshake succeeded and <= 0
4508 // otherwise.
4509 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_info_callback(
4510     SSL_CTX *ctx, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value));
4511 
4512 // SSL_CTX_get_info_callback returns the callback set by
4513 // |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|.
4514 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_CTX_get_info_callback(SSL_CTX *ctx))(const SSL *ssl,
4515                                                                int type,
4516                                                                int value);
4517 
4518 // SSL_set_info_callback configures a callback to be run at various events
4519 // during a connection's lifetime. See |SSL_CTX_set_info_callback|.
4520 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_info_callback(
4521     SSL *ssl, void (*cb)(const SSL *ssl, int type, int value));
4522 
4523 // SSL_get_info_callback returns the callback set by |SSL_set_info_callback|.
4524 OPENSSL_EXPORT void (*SSL_get_info_callback(const SSL *ssl))(const SSL *ssl,
4525                                                              int type,
4526                                                              int value);
4527 
4528 // SSL_state_string_long returns the current state of the handshake state
4529 // machine as a string. This may be useful for debugging and logging.
4530 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string_long(const SSL *ssl);
4531 
4532 #define SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN 1
4533 #define SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN 2
4534 
4535 // SSL_get_shutdown returns a bitmask with a subset of |SSL_SENT_SHUTDOWN| and
4536 // |SSL_RECEIVED_SHUTDOWN| to query whether close_notify was sent or received,
4537 // respectively.
4538 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shutdown(const SSL *ssl);
4539 
4540 // SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm returns the signature algorithm used by the
4541 // peer. If not applicable, it returns zero.
4542 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_peer_signature_algorithm(const SSL *ssl);
4543 
4544 // SSL_get_client_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent
4545 // handshake's client_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written.
4546 // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the client_random.
4547 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_client_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
4548                                             size_t max_out);
4549 
4550 // SSL_get_server_random writes up to |max_out| bytes of the most recent
4551 // handshake's server_random to |out| and returns the number of bytes written.
4552 // If |max_out| is zero, it returns the size of the server_random.
4553 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_server_random(const SSL *ssl, uint8_t *out,
4554                                             size_t max_out);
4555 
4556 // SSL_get_pending_cipher returns the cipher suite for the current handshake or
4557 // NULL if one has not been negotiated yet or there is no pending handshake.
4558 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_CIPHER *SSL_get_pending_cipher(const SSL *ssl);
4559 
4560 // SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether only
4561 // the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in the
4562 // session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If
4563 // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake
4564 // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and
4565 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash.
4566 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL *ssl,
4567                                                                int enable);
4568 
4569 // SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs, on a server, sets whether
4570 // only the SHA-256 hash of peer's certificate should be saved in memory and in
4571 // the session. This can save memory, ticket size and session cache space. If
4572 // enabled, |SSL_get_peer_certificate| will return NULL after the handshake
4573 // completes. See |SSL_SESSION_has_peer_sha256| and
4574 // |SSL_SESSION_get0_peer_sha256| to query the hash.
4575 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_retain_only_sha256_of_client_certs(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4576                                                                    int enable);
4577 
4578 // SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled configures whether sockets on |ctx| should enable
4579 // GREASE. See RFC 8701.
4580 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_grease_enabled(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled);
4581 
4582 // SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ctx| should
4583 // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello.
4584 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_permute_extensions(SSL_CTX *ctx, int enabled);
4585 
4586 // SSL_set_permute_extensions configures whether sockets on |ssl| should
4587 // permute extensions. For now, this is only implemented for the ClientHello.
4588 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_permute_extensions(SSL *ssl, int enabled);
4589 
4590 // SSL_max_seal_overhead returns the maximum overhead, in bytes, of sealing a
4591 // record with |ssl|.
4592 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_max_seal_overhead(const SSL *ssl);
4593 
4594 // SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn configures whether connections
4595 // on |ctx| may use False Start (if |SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START| is enabled)
4596 // without negotiating ALPN.
4597 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_false_start_allowed_without_alpn(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4598                                                                  int allowed);
4599 
4600 // SSL_used_hello_retry_request returns one if the TLS 1.3 HelloRetryRequest
4601 // message has been either sent by the server or received by the client. It
4602 // returns zero otherwise.
4603 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_used_hello_retry_request(const SSL *ssl);
4604 
4605 // SSL_set_jdk11_workaround configures whether to workaround various bugs in
4606 // JDK 11's TLS 1.3 implementation by disabling TLS 1.3 for such clients.
4607 //
4608 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8211806
4609 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8212885
4610 // https://bugs.openjdk.java.net/browse/JDK-8213202
4611 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_jdk11_workaround(SSL *ssl, int enable);
4612 
4613 
4614 // Deprecated functions.
4615 
4616 // SSL_library_init calls |CRYPTO_library_init| and returns one.
4617 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_library_init(void);
4618 
4619 // SSL_CIPHER_description writes a description of |cipher| into |buf| and
4620 // returns |buf|. If |buf| is NULL, it returns a newly allocated string, to be
4621 // freed with |OPENSSL_free|, or NULL on error.
4622 //
4623 // The description includes a trailing newline and has the form:
4624 // AES128-SHA              Kx=RSA      Au=RSA  Enc=AES(128)  Mac=SHA1
4625 //
4626 // Consider |SSL_CIPHER_standard_name| or |SSL_CIPHER_get_name| instead.
4627 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_description(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher,
4628                                                   char *buf, int len);
4629 
4630 // SSL_CIPHER_get_version returns the string "TLSv1/SSLv3".
4631 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_CIPHER_get_version(const SSL_CIPHER *cipher);
4632 
4633 typedef void COMP_METHOD;
4634 typedef struct ssl_comp_st SSL_COMP;
4635 
4636 // SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods returns NULL.
4637 OPENSSL_EXPORT STACK_OF(SSL_COMP) *SSL_COMP_get_compression_methods(void);
4638 
4639 // SSL_COMP_add_compression_method returns one.
4640 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(int id, COMP_METHOD *cm);
4641 
4642 // SSL_COMP_get_name returns NULL.
4643 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get_name(const COMP_METHOD *comp);
4644 
4645 // SSL_COMP_get0_name returns the |name| member of |comp|.
4646 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_COMP_get0_name(const SSL_COMP *comp);
4647 
4648 // SSL_COMP_get_id returns the |id| member of |comp|.
4649 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_COMP_get_id(const SSL_COMP *comp);
4650 
4651 // SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods does nothing.
4652 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_COMP_free_compression_methods(void);
4653 
4654 // SSLv23_method calls |TLS_method|.
4655 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_method(void);
4656 
4657 // These version-specific methods behave exactly like |TLS_method| and
4658 // |DTLS_method| except they also call |SSL_CTX_set_min_proto_version| and
4659 // |SSL_CTX_set_max_proto_version| to lock connections to that protocol
4660 // version.
4661 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_method(void);
4662 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_method(void);
4663 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_method(void);
4664 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_method(void);
4665 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_method(void);
4666 
4667 // These client- and server-specific methods call their corresponding generic
4668 // methods.
4669 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_server_method(void);
4670 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLS_client_method(void);
4671 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_server_method(void);
4672 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *SSLv23_client_method(void);
4673 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_server_method(void);
4674 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_client_method(void);
4675 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_server_method(void);
4676 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_1_client_method(void);
4677 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_server_method(void);
4678 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *TLSv1_2_client_method(void);
4679 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_server_method(void);
4680 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLS_client_method(void);
4681 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_server_method(void);
4682 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_client_method(void);
4683 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_server_method(void);
4684 OPENSSL_EXPORT const SSL_METHOD *DTLSv1_2_client_method(void);
4685 
4686 // SSL_clear resets |ssl| to allow another connection and returns one on success
4687 // or zero on failure. It returns most configuration state but releases memory
4688 // associated with the current connection.
4689 //
4690 // Free |ssl| and create a new one instead.
4691 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_clear(SSL *ssl);
4692 
4693 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing.
4694 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback(
4695     SSL_CTX *ctx, RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength));
4696 
4697 // SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback does nothing.
4698 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_rsa_callback(SSL *ssl,
4699                                              RSA *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export,
4700                                                         int keylength));
4701 
4702 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect returns zero.
4703 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4704 
4705 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good returns zero.
4706 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4707 
4708 // SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate returns zero.
4709 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_connect_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4710 
4711 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept returns zero.
4712 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4713 
4714 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate returns zero.
4715 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_renegotiate(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4716 
4717 // SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good returns zero.
4718 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_accept_good(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4719 
4720 // SSL_CTX_sess_hits returns zero.
4721 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4722 
4723 // SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits returns zero.
4724 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cb_hits(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4725 
4726 // SSL_CTX_sess_misses returns zero.
4727 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_misses(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4728 
4729 // SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts returns zero.
4730 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_timeouts(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4731 
4732 // SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full returns zero.
4733 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_sess_cache_full(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4734 
4735 // SSL_cutthrough_complete calls |SSL_in_false_start|.
4736 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cutthrough_complete(const SSL *ssl);
4737 
4738 // SSL_num_renegotiations calls |SSL_total_renegotiations|.
4739 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_num_renegotiations(const SSL *ssl);
4740 
4741 // SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA returns zero.
4742 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4743 
4744 // SSL_need_tmp_RSA returns zero.
4745 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_need_tmp_RSA(const SSL *ssl);
4746 
4747 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa returns one.
4748 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa(SSL_CTX *ctx, const RSA *rsa);
4749 
4750 // SSL_set_tmp_rsa returns one.
4751 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_rsa(SSL *ssl, const RSA *rsa);
4752 
4753 // SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead returns zero.
4754 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead(const SSL_CTX *ctx);
4755 
4756 // SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead returns one.
4757 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead(SSL_CTX *ctx, int yes);
4758 
4759 // SSL_get_read_ahead returns zero.
4760 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_read_ahead(const SSL *ssl);
4761 
4762 // SSL_set_read_ahead returns one.
4763 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_read_ahead(SSL *ssl, int yes);
4764 
4765 // SSL_set_state does nothing.
4766 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_state(SSL *ssl, int state);
4767 
4768 // SSL_get_shared_ciphers writes an empty string to |buf| and returns a
4769 // pointer to |buf|, or NULL if |len| is less than or equal to zero.
4770 OPENSSL_EXPORT char *SSL_get_shared_ciphers(const SSL *ssl, char *buf, int len);
4771 
4772 // SSL_get_shared_sigalgs returns zero.
4773 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_shared_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, int idx, int *psign,
4774                                           int *phash, int *psignandhash,
4775                                           uint8_t *rsig, uint8_t *rhash);
4776 
4777 // SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH is the same as SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START.
4778 #define SSL_MODE_HANDSHAKE_CUTTHROUGH SSL_MODE_ENABLE_FALSE_START
4779 
4780 // i2d_SSL_SESSION serializes |in|, as described in |i2d_SAMPLE|.
4781 //
4782 // Use |SSL_SESSION_to_bytes| instead.
4783 OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION *in, uint8_t **pp);
4784 
4785 // d2i_SSL_SESSION parses a serialized session from the |length| bytes pointed
4786 // to by |*pp|, as described in |d2i_SAMPLE|.
4787 //
4788 // Use |SSL_SESSION_from_bytes| instead.
4789 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION(SSL_SESSION **a, const uint8_t **pp,
4790                                             long length);
4791 
4792 // i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio serializes |session| and writes the result to |bio|. It
4793 // returns the number of bytes written on success and <= 0 on error.
4794 OPENSSL_EXPORT int i2d_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, const SSL_SESSION *session);
4795 
4796 // d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio reads a serialized |SSL_SESSION| from |bio| and returns a
4797 // newly-allocated |SSL_SESSION| or NULL on error. If |out| is not NULL, it also
4798 // frees |*out| and sets |*out| to the new |SSL_SESSION|.
4799 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *d2i_SSL_SESSION_bio(BIO *bio, SSL_SESSION **out);
4800 
4801 // ERR_load_SSL_strings does nothing.
4802 OPENSSL_EXPORT void ERR_load_SSL_strings(void);
4803 
4804 // SSL_load_error_strings does nothing.
4805 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_load_error_strings(void);
4806 
4807 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns
4808 // zero on success and one on failure.
4809 //
4810 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value
4811 // convention. Use |SSL_CTX_set_srtp_profiles| instead.
4812 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL_CTX *ctx,
4813                                                const char *profiles);
4814 
4815 // SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp calls |SSL_set_srtp_profiles|. It returns zero on
4816 // success and one on failure.
4817 //
4818 // WARNING: this function is dangerous because it breaks the usual return value
4819 // convention. Use |SSL_set_srtp_profiles| instead.
4820 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_use_srtp(SSL *ssl, const char *profiles);
4821 
4822 // SSL_get_current_compression returns NULL.
4823 OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_compression(SSL *ssl);
4824 
4825 // SSL_get_current_expansion returns NULL.
4826 OPENSSL_EXPORT const COMP_METHOD *SSL_get_current_expansion(SSL *ssl);
4827 
4828 // SSL_get_server_tmp_key returns zero.
4829 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_server_tmp_key(SSL *ssl, EVP_PKEY **out_key);
4830 
4831 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh returns 1.
4832 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const DH *dh);
4833 
4834 // SSL_set_tmp_dh returns 1.
4835 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_dh(SSL *ssl, const DH *dh);
4836 
4837 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing.
4838 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback(
4839     SSL_CTX *ctx, DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export, int keylength));
4840 
4841 // SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback does nothing.
4842 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_tmp_dh_callback(SSL *ssl,
4843                                             DH *(*cb)(SSL *ssl, int is_export,
4844                                                       int keylength));
4845 
4846 // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs
4847 // where the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an
4848 // |EVP_PKEY_*| value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for
4849 // |ctx| based on them and returns one on success or zero on error.
4850 //
4851 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should
4852 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's
4853 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values.
4854 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *values,
4855                                         size_t num_values);
4856 
4857 // SSL_set1_sigalgs takes |num_values| ints and interprets them as pairs where
4858 // the first is the nid of a hash function and the second is an |EVP_PKEY_*|
4859 // value. It configures the signature algorithm preferences for |ssl| based on
4860 // them and returns one on success or zero on error.
4861 //
4862 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should
4863 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's
4864 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values.
4865 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs(SSL *ssl, const int *values,
4866                                     size_t num_values);
4867 
4868 // SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature
4869 // algorithms and configures them on |ctx|. It returns one on success and zero
4870 // on error. See
4871 // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for
4872 // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g.
4873 // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL
4874 // doesn't document that).
4875 //
4876 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should
4877 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's
4878 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values.
4879 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *str);
4880 
4881 // SSL_set1_sigalgs_list takes a textual specification of a set of signature
4882 // algorithms and configures them on |ssl|. It returns one on success and zero
4883 // on error. See
4884 // https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/SSL_CTX_set1_sigalgs_list.html for
4885 // a description of the text format. Also note that TLS 1.3 names (e.g.
4886 // "rsa_pkcs1_md5_sha1") can also be used (as in OpenSSL, although OpenSSL
4887 // doesn't document that).
4888 //
4889 // This API is compatible with OpenSSL. However, BoringSSL-specific code should
4890 // prefer |SSL_CTX_set_signing_algorithm_prefs| because it's clearer and it's
4891 // more convenient to codesearch for specific algorithm values.
4892 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_sigalgs_list(SSL *ssl, const char *str);
4893 
4894 #define SSL_set_app_data(s, arg) (SSL_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(arg)))
4895 #define SSL_get_app_data(s) (SSL_get_ex_data(s, 0))
4896 #define SSL_SESSION_set_app_data(s, a) \
4897   (SSL_SESSION_set_ex_data(s, 0, (char *)(a)))
4898 #define SSL_SESSION_get_app_data(s) (SSL_SESSION_get_ex_data(s, 0))
4899 #define SSL_CTX_get_app_data(ctx) (SSL_CTX_get_ex_data(ctx, 0))
4900 #define SSL_CTX_set_app_data(ctx, arg) \
4901   (SSL_CTX_set_ex_data(ctx, 0, (char *)(arg)))
4902 
4903 #define OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init()
4904 #define SSLeay_add_ssl_algorithms() SSL_library_init()
4905 
4906 #define SSL_get_cipher(ssl) SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl))
4907 #define SSL_get_cipher_bits(ssl, out_alg_bits) \
4908     SSL_CIPHER_get_bits(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl), out_alg_bits)
4909 #define SSL_get_cipher_version(ssl) \
4910     SSL_CIPHER_get_version(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl))
4911 #define SSL_get_cipher_name(ssl) \
4912     SSL_CIPHER_get_name(SSL_get_current_cipher(ssl))
4913 #define SSL_get_time(session) SSL_SESSION_get_time(session)
4914 #define SSL_set_time(session, time) SSL_SESSION_set_time((session), (time))
4915 #define SSL_get_timeout(session) SSL_SESSION_get_timeout(session)
4916 #define SSL_set_timeout(session, timeout) \
4917     SSL_SESSION_set_timeout((session), (timeout))
4918 
4919 struct ssl_comp_st {
4920   int id;
4921   const char *name;
4922   char *method;
4923 };
4924 
4925 DEFINE_STACK_OF(SSL_COMP)
4926 
4927 // The following flags do nothing and are included only to make it easier to
4928 // compile code with BoringSSL.
4929 #define SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY 0
4930 #define SSL_MODE_RELEASE_BUFFERS 0
4931 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_CLIENTHELLO_TIME 0
4932 #define SSL_MODE_SEND_SERVERHELLO_TIME 0
4933 #define SSL_OP_ALL 0
4934 #define SSL_OP_ALLOW_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION 0
4935 #define SSL_OP_DONT_INSERT_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 0
4936 #define SSL_OP_EPHEMERAL_RSA 0
4937 #define SSL_OP_LEGACY_SERVER_CONNECT 0
4938 #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_BIG_SSLV3_BUFFER 0
4939 #define SSL_OP_MICROSOFT_SESS_ID_BUG 0
4940 #define SSL_OP_MSIE_SSLV2_RSA_PADDING 0
4941 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CA_DN_BUG 0
4942 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_CHALLENGE_BUG 0
4943 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_DEMO_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0
4944 #define SSL_OP_NETSCAPE_REUSE_CIPHER_CHANGE_BUG 0
4945 #define SSL_OP_NO_COMPRESSION 0
4946 #define SSL_OP_NO_RENEGOTIATION 0  // ssl_renegotiate_never is the default
4947 #define SSL_OP_NO_SESSION_RESUMPTION_ON_RENEGOTIATION 0
4948 #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 0
4949 #define SSL_OP_NO_SSLv3 0
4950 #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_1 0
4951 #define SSL_OP_PKCS1_CHECK_2 0
4952 #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE 0
4953 #define SSL_OP_SINGLE_ECDH_USE 0
4954 #define SSL_OP_SSLEAY_080_CLIENT_DH_BUG 0
4955 #define SSL_OP_SSLREF2_REUSE_CERT_TYPE_BUG 0
4956 #define SSL_OP_TLS_BLOCK_PADDING_BUG 0
4957 #define SSL_OP_TLS_D5_BUG 0
4958 #define SSL_OP_TLS_ROLLBACK_BUG 0
4959 #define SSL_VERIFY_CLIENT_ONCE 0
4960 
4961 // SSL_cache_hit calls |SSL_session_reused|.
4962 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_cache_hit(SSL *ssl);
4963 
4964 // SSL_get_default_timeout returns |SSL_DEFAULT_SESSION_TIMEOUT|.
4965 OPENSSL_EXPORT long SSL_get_default_timeout(const SSL *ssl);
4966 
4967 // SSL_get_version returns a string describing the TLS version used by |ssl|.
4968 // For example, "TLSv1.2" or "DTLSv1".
4969 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_version(const SSL *ssl);
4970 
4971 // SSL_get_all_version_names outputs a list of possible strings
4972 // |SSL_get_version| may return in this version of BoringSSL. It writes at most
4973 // |max_out| entries to |out| and returns the total number it would have
4974 // written, if |max_out| had been large enough. |max_out| may be initially set
4975 // to zero to size the output.
4976 //
4977 // This function is only intended to help initialize tables in callers that want
4978 // possible strings pre-declared. This list would not be suitable to set a list
4979 // of supported features. It is in no particular order, and may contain
4980 // placeholder, experimental, or deprecated values that do not apply to every
4981 // caller. Future versions of BoringSSL may also return strings not in this
4982 // list, so this does not apply if, say, sending strings across services.
4983 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_version_names(const char **out,
4984                                                 size_t max_out);
4985 
4986 // SSL_get_cipher_list returns the name of the |n|th cipher in the output of
4987 // |SSL_get_ciphers| or NULL if out of range. Use |SSL_get_ciphers| instead.
4988 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_cipher_list(const SSL *ssl, int n);
4989 
4990 // SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb sets a callback which is called on the client if
4991 // the server requests a client certificate and none is configured. On success,
4992 // the callback should return one and set |*out_x509| to |*out_pkey| to a leaf
4993 // certificate and private key, respectively, passing ownership. It should
4994 // return zero to send no certificate and -1 to fail or pause the handshake. If
4995 // the handshake is paused, |SSL_get_error| will return
4996 // |SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP|.
4997 //
4998 // The callback may call |SSL_get0_certificate_types| and
4999 // |SSL_get_client_CA_list| for information on the server's certificate request.
5000 //
5001 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| instead. Configuring intermediate certificates with
5002 // this function is confusing. This callback may not be registered concurrently
5003 // with |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb| or |SSL_set_cert_cb|.
5004 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb(
5005     SSL_CTX *ctx, int (*cb)(SSL *ssl, X509 **out_x509, EVP_PKEY **out_pkey));
5006 
5007 #define SSL_NOTHING SSL_ERROR_NONE
5008 #define SSL_WRITING SSL_ERROR_WANT_WRITE
5009 #define SSL_READING SSL_ERROR_WANT_READ
5010 
5011 // SSL_want returns one of the above values to determine what the most recent
5012 // operation on |ssl| was blocked on. Use |SSL_get_error| instead.
5013 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_want(const SSL *ssl);
5014 
5015 #define SSL_want_read(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_READING)
5016 #define SSL_want_write(ssl) (SSL_want(ssl) == SSL_WRITING)
5017 
5018  // SSL_get_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message sent by
5019  // |ssl| to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length or zero if none has
5020  // been sent yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns zero.
5021  //
5022  // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead.
5023 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf, size_t count);
5024 
5025  // SSL_get_peer_finished writes up to |count| bytes of the Finished message
5026  // received from |ssl|'s peer to |buf|. It returns the total untruncated length
5027  // or zero if none has been received yet. At TLS 1.3 and later, it returns
5028  // zero.
5029  //
5030  // Use |SSL_get_tls_unique| instead.
5031 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_peer_finished(const SSL *ssl, void *buf,
5032                                             size_t count);
5033 
5034 // SSL_alert_type_string returns "!". Use |SSL_alert_type_string_long|
5035 // instead.
5036 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_type_string(int value);
5037 
5038 // SSL_alert_desc_string returns "!!". Use |SSL_alert_desc_string_long|
5039 // instead.
5040 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_alert_desc_string(int value);
5041 
5042 // SSL_state_string returns "!!!!!!". Use |SSL_state_string_long| for a more
5043 // intelligible string.
5044 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_state_string(const SSL *ssl);
5045 
5046 // SSL_TXT_* expand to strings.
5047 #define SSL_TXT_MEDIUM "MEDIUM"
5048 #define SSL_TXT_HIGH "HIGH"
5049 #define SSL_TXT_FIPS "FIPS"
5050 #define SSL_TXT_kRSA "kRSA"
5051 #define SSL_TXT_kDHE "kDHE"
5052 #define SSL_TXT_kEDH "kEDH"
5053 #define SSL_TXT_kECDHE "kECDHE"
5054 #define SSL_TXT_kEECDH "kEECDH"
5055 #define SSL_TXT_kPSK "kPSK"
5056 #define SSL_TXT_aRSA "aRSA"
5057 #define SSL_TXT_aECDSA "aECDSA"
5058 #define SSL_TXT_aPSK "aPSK"
5059 #define SSL_TXT_DH "DH"
5060 #define SSL_TXT_DHE "DHE"
5061 #define SSL_TXT_EDH "EDH"
5062 #define SSL_TXT_RSA "RSA"
5063 #define SSL_TXT_ECDH "ECDH"
5064 #define SSL_TXT_ECDHE "ECDHE"
5065 #define SSL_TXT_EECDH "EECDH"
5066 #define SSL_TXT_ECDSA "ECDSA"
5067 #define SSL_TXT_PSK "PSK"
5068 #define SSL_TXT_3DES "3DES"
5069 #define SSL_TXT_RC4 "RC4"
5070 #define SSL_TXT_AES128 "AES128"
5071 #define SSL_TXT_AES256 "AES256"
5072 #define SSL_TXT_AES "AES"
5073 #define SSL_TXT_AES_GCM "AESGCM"
5074 #define SSL_TXT_CHACHA20 "CHACHA20"
5075 #define SSL_TXT_MD5 "MD5"
5076 #define SSL_TXT_SHA1 "SHA1"
5077 #define SSL_TXT_SHA "SHA"
5078 #define SSL_TXT_SHA256 "SHA256"
5079 #define SSL_TXT_SHA384 "SHA384"
5080 #define SSL_TXT_SSLV3 "SSLv3"
5081 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1 "TLSv1"
5082 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_1 "TLSv1.1"
5083 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_2 "TLSv1.2"
5084 #define SSL_TXT_TLSV1_3 "TLSv1.3"
5085 #define SSL_TXT_ALL "ALL"
5086 #define SSL_TXT_CMPDEF "COMPLEMENTOFDEFAULT"
5087 
5088 typedef struct ssl_conf_ctx_st SSL_CONF_CTX;
5089 
5090 // SSL_state returns |SSL_ST_INIT| if a handshake is in progress and |SSL_ST_OK|
5091 // otherwise.
5092 //
5093 // Use |SSL_is_init| instead.
5094 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_state(const SSL *ssl);
5095 
5096 #define SSL_get_state(ssl) SSL_state(ssl)
5097 
5098 // SSL_set_shutdown causes |ssl| to behave as if the shutdown bitmask (see
5099 // |SSL_get_shutdown|) were |mode|. This may be used to skip sending or
5100 // receiving close_notify in |SSL_shutdown| by causing the implementation to
5101 // believe the events already happened.
5102 //
5103 // It is an error to use |SSL_set_shutdown| to unset a bit that has already been
5104 // set. Doing so will trigger an |assert| in debug builds and otherwise be
5105 // ignored.
5106 //
5107 // Use |SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown| instead.
5108 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_shutdown(SSL *ssl, int mode);
5109 
5110 // SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups| with a one-element list
5111 // containing |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored.
5112 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL_CTX *ctx, const EC_KEY *ec_key);
5113 
5114 // SSL_set_tmp_ecdh calls |SSL_set1_groups| with a one-element list containing
5115 // |ec_key|'s curve. The remainder of |ec_key| is ignored.
5116 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tmp_ecdh(SSL *ssl, const EC_KEY *ec_key);
5117 
5118 #if !defined(OPENSSL_NO_FILESYSTEM)
5119 // SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack lists files in directory |dir|. It calls
5120 // |SSL_add_file_cert_subjects_to_stack| on each file and returns one on success
5121 // or zero on error. This function is only available from the libdecrepit
5122 // library.
5123 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_add_dir_cert_subjects_to_stack(STACK_OF(X509_NAME) *out,
5124                                                       const char *dir);
5125 #endif
5126 
5127 // SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_CTX_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|.
5128 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL_CTX *ctx);
5129 
5130 // SSL_enable_tls_channel_id calls |SSL_set_tls_channel_id_enabled|.
5131 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_enable_tls_channel_id(SSL *ssl);
5132 
5133 // BIO_f_ssl returns a |BIO_METHOD| that can wrap an |SSL*| in a |BIO*|. Note
5134 // that this has quite different behaviour from the version in OpenSSL (notably
5135 // that it doesn't try to auto renegotiate).
5136 //
5137 // IMPORTANT: if you are not curl, don't use this.
5138 OPENSSL_EXPORT const BIO_METHOD *BIO_f_ssl(void);
5139 
5140 // BIO_set_ssl sets |ssl| as the underlying connection for |bio|, which must
5141 // have been created using |BIO_f_ssl|. If |take_owership| is true, |bio| will
5142 // call |SSL_free| on |ssl| when closed. It returns one on success or something
5143 // other than one on error.
5144 OPENSSL_EXPORT long BIO_set_ssl(BIO *bio, SSL *ssl, int take_owership);
5145 
5146 // SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto returns one.
5147 #define SSL_CTX_set_ecdh_auto(ctx, onoff) 1
5148 
5149 // SSL_set_ecdh_auto returns one.
5150 #define SSL_set_ecdh_auto(ssl, onoff) 1
5151 
5152 // SSL_get_session returns a non-owning pointer to |ssl|'s session. For
5153 // historical reasons, which session it returns depends on |ssl|'s state.
5154 //
5155 // Prior to the start of the initial handshake, it returns the session the
5156 // caller set with |SSL_set_session|. After the initial handshake has finished
5157 // and if no additional handshakes are in progress, it returns the currently
5158 // active session. Its behavior is undefined while a handshake is in progress.
5159 //
5160 // If trying to add new sessions to an external session cache, use
5161 // |SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb| instead. In particular, using the callback is
5162 // required as of TLS 1.3. For compatibility, this function will return an
5163 // unresumable session which may be cached, but will never be resumed.
5164 //
5165 // If querying properties of the connection, use APIs on the |SSL| object.
5166 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get_session(const SSL *ssl);
5167 
5168 // SSL_get0_session is an alias for |SSL_get_session|.
5169 #define SSL_get0_session SSL_get_session
5170 
5171 // SSL_get1_session acts like |SSL_get_session| but returns a new reference to
5172 // the session.
5173 OPENSSL_EXPORT SSL_SESSION *SSL_get1_session(SSL *ssl);
5174 
5175 #define OPENSSL_INIT_NO_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0
5176 #define OPENSSL_INIT_LOAD_SSL_STRINGS 0
5177 #define OPENSSL_INIT_SSL_DEFAULT 0
5178 
5179 // OPENSSL_init_ssl calls |CRYPTO_library_init| and returns one.
5180 OPENSSL_EXPORT int OPENSSL_init_ssl(uint64_t opts,
5181                                     const OPENSSL_INIT_SETTINGS *settings);
5182 
5183 // The following constants are legacy aliases for RSA-PSS with rsaEncryption
5184 // keys. Use the new names instead.
5185 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA256 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA256
5186 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA384 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA384
5187 #define SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_SHA512 SSL_SIGN_RSA_PSS_RSAE_SHA512
5188 
5189 // SSL_set_tlsext_status_type configures a client to request OCSP stapling if
5190 // |type| is |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| and disables it otherwise. It returns one
5191 // on success and zero if handshake configuration has already been shed.
5192 //
5193 // Use |SSL_enable_ocsp_stapling| instead.
5194 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_type(SSL *ssl, int type);
5195 
5196 // SSL_get_tlsext_status_type returns |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_ocsp| if the client
5197 // requested OCSP stapling and |TLSEXT_STATUSTYPE_nothing| otherwise. On the
5198 // client, this reflects whether OCSP stapling was enabled via, e.g.,
5199 // |SSL_set_tlsext_status_type|. On the server, this is determined during the
5200 // handshake. It may be queried in callbacks set by |SSL_CTX_set_cert_cb|. The
5201 // result is undefined after the handshake completes.
5202 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_get_tlsext_status_type(const SSL *ssl);
5203 
5204 // SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets the OCSP response. It returns one on
5205 // success and zero on error. On success, |ssl| takes ownership of |resp|, which
5206 // must have been allocated by |OPENSSL_malloc|.
5207 //
5208 // Use |SSL_set_ocsp_response| instead.
5209 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(SSL *ssl, uint8_t *resp,
5210                                                    size_t resp_len);
5211 
5212 // SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp sets |*out| to point to the OCSP response
5213 // from the server. It returns the length of the response. If there was no
5214 // response, it sets |*out| to NULL and returns zero.
5215 //
5216 // Use |SSL_get0_ocsp_response| instead.
5217 //
5218 // WARNING: the returned data is not guaranteed to be well formed.
5219 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_tlsext_status_ocsp_resp(const SSL *ssl,
5220                                                       const uint8_t **out);
5221 
5222 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb configures the legacy OpenSSL OCSP callback and
5223 // returns one. Though the type signature is the same, this callback has
5224 // different behavior for client and server connections:
5225 //
5226 // For clients, the callback is called after certificate verification. It should
5227 // return one for success, zero for a bad OCSP response, and a negative number
5228 // for internal error. Instead, handle this as part of certificate verification.
5229 // (Historically, OpenSSL verified certificates just before parsing stapled OCSP
5230 // responses, but BoringSSL fixes this ordering. All server credentials are
5231 // available during verification.)
5232 //
5233 // Do not use this callback as a server. It is provided for compatibility
5234 // purposes only. For servers, it is called to configure server credentials. It
5235 // should return |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_OK| on success, |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_NOACK| to
5236 // ignore OCSP requests, or |SSL_TLSEXT_ERR_ALERT_FATAL| on error. It is usually
5237 // used to fetch OCSP responses on demand, which is not ideal. Instead, treat
5238 // OCSP responses like other server credentials, such as certificates or SCT
5239 // lists. Configure, store, and refresh them eagerly. This avoids downtime if
5240 // the CA's OCSP responder is briefly offline.
5241 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb(SSL_CTX *ctx,
5242                                                 int (*callback)(SSL *ssl,
5243                                                                 void *arg));
5244 
5245 // SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg sets additional data for
5246 // |SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_cb|'s callback and returns one.
5247 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_status_arg(SSL_CTX *ctx, void *arg);
5248 
5249 // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for reason codes used when
5250 // receiving an alert from the peer. Use the other names instead, which fit the
5251 // naming convention.
5252 //
5253 // TODO(davidben): Fix references to |SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED| and
5254 // remove the compatibility value. The others come from OpenSSL.
5255 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION \
5256   SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION
5257 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE \
5258   SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE
5259 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME
5260 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE \
5261   SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE
5262 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE \
5263   SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE
5264 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED
5265 
5266 // The following symbols are compatibility aliases for |SSL_GROUP_*|.
5267 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP224R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP224R1
5268 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP256R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP256R1
5269 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP384R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP384R1
5270 #define SSL_CURVE_SECP521R1 SSL_GROUP_SECP521R1
5271 #define SSL_CURVE_X25519 SSL_GROUP_X25519
5272 #define SSL_CURVE_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00 SSL_GROUP_X25519_KYBER768_DRAFT00
5273 
5274 // SSL_get_curve_id calls |SSL_get_group_id|.
5275 OPENSSL_EXPORT uint16_t SSL_get_curve_id(const SSL *ssl);
5276 
5277 // SSL_get_curve_name calls |SSL_get_group_name|.
5278 OPENSSL_EXPORT const char *SSL_get_curve_name(uint16_t curve_id);
5279 
5280 // SSL_get_all_curve_names calls |SSL_get_all_group_names|.
5281 OPENSSL_EXPORT size_t SSL_get_all_curve_names(const char **out, size_t max_out);
5282 
5283 // SSL_CTX_set1_curves calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups|.
5284 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves(SSL_CTX *ctx, const int *curves,
5285                                        size_t num_curves);
5286 
5287 // SSL_set1_curves calls |SSL_set1_groups|.
5288 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves(SSL *ssl, const int *curves,
5289                                    size_t num_curves);
5290 
5291 // SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_CTX_set1_groups_list|.
5292 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set1_curves_list(SSL_CTX *ctx, const char *curves);
5293 
5294 // SSL_set1_curves_list calls |SSL_set1_groups_list|.
5295 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set1_curves_list(SSL *ssl, const char *curves);
5296 
5297 // TLSEXT_nid_unknown is a constant used in OpenSSL for
5298 // |SSL_get_negotiated_group| to return an unrecognized group. BoringSSL never
5299 // returns this value, but we define this constant for compatibility.
5300 #define TLSEXT_nid_unknown 0x1000000
5301 
5302 
5303 // Compliance policy configurations
5304 //
5305 // A TLS connection has a large number of different parameters. Some are well
5306 // known, like cipher suites, but many are obscure and configuration functions
5307 // for them may not exist. These policy controls allow broad configuration
5308 // goals to be specified so that they can flow down to all the different
5309 // parameters of a TLS connection.
5310 
5311 enum ssl_compliance_policy_t BORINGSSL_ENUM_INT {
5312   // ssl_compliance_policy_none does nothing. However, since setting this
5313   // doesn't undo other policies it's an error to try and set it.
5314   ssl_compliance_policy_none,
5315 
5316   // ssl_policy_fips_202205 configures a TLS connection to use:
5317   //   * TLS 1.2 or 1.3
5318   //   * For TLS 1.2, only ECDHE_[RSA|ECDSA]_WITH_AES_*_GCM_SHA*.
5319   //   * For TLS 1.3, only AES-GCM
5320   //   * P-256 or P-384 for key agreement.
5321   //   * For server signatures, only PKCS#1/PSS with SHA256/384/512, or ECDSA
5322   //     with P-256 or P-384.
5323   //
5324   // Note: this policy can be configured even if BoringSSL has not been built in
5325   // FIPS mode. Call |FIPS_mode| to check that.
5326   //
5327   // Note: this setting aids with compliance with NIST requirements but does not
5328   // guarantee it. Careful reading of SP 800-52r2 is recommended.
5329   ssl_compliance_policy_fips_202205,
5330 
5331   // ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304 configures a TLS connection to use:
5332   //   * TLS 1.2 or 1.3.
5333   //   * For TLS 1.2, only TLS_ECDHE_[ECDSA|RSA]_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384.
5334   //   * For TLS 1.3, only AES-256-GCM.
5335   //   * P-384 for key agreement.
5336   //   * For handshake signatures, only ECDSA with P-384 and SHA-384, or RSA
5337   //     with SHA-384 or SHA-512.
5338   //
5339   // No limitations on the certificate chain nor leaf public key are imposed,
5340   // other than by the supported signature algorithms. But WPA3's "192-bit"
5341   // mode requires at least P-384 or 3072-bit along the chain. The caller must
5342   // enforce this themselves on the verified chain using functions such as
5343   // `X509_STORE_CTX_get0_chain`.
5344   //
5345   // Note that this setting is less secure than the default. The
5346   // implementation risks of using a more obscure primitive like P-384
5347   // dominate other considerations.
5348   ssl_compliance_policy_wpa3_192_202304,
5349 };
5350 
5351 // SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy configures various aspects of |ctx| based on
5352 // the given policy requirements. Subsequently calling other functions that
5353 // configure |ctx| may override |policy|, or may not. This should be the final
5354 // configuration function called in order to have defined behaviour. It's a
5355 // fatal error if |policy| is |ssl_compliance_policy_none|.
5356 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy(
5357     SSL_CTX *ctx, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy);
5358 
5359 // SSL_set_compliance_policy acts the same as |SSL_CTX_set_compliance_policy|,
5360 // but only configures a single |SSL*|.
5361 OPENSSL_EXPORT int SSL_set_compliance_policy(
5362     SSL *ssl, enum ssl_compliance_policy_t policy);
5363 
5364 
5365 // Nodejs compatibility section (hidden).
5366 //
5367 // These defines exist for node.js, with the hope that we can eliminate the
5368 // need for them over time.
5369 
5370 #define SSLerr(function, reason) \
5371   ERR_put_error(ERR_LIB_SSL, 0, reason, __FILE__, __LINE__)
5372 
5373 
5374 // Preprocessor compatibility section (hidden).
5375 //
5376 // Historically, a number of APIs were implemented in OpenSSL as macros and
5377 // constants to 'ctrl' functions. To avoid breaking #ifdefs in consumers, this
5378 // section defines a number of legacy macros.
5379 //
5380 // Although using either the CTRL values or their wrapper macros in #ifdefs is
5381 // still supported, the CTRL values may not be passed to |SSL_ctrl| and
5382 // |SSL_CTX_ctrl|. Call the functions (previously wrapper macros) instead.
5383 //
5384 // See PORTING.md in the BoringSSL source tree for a table of corresponding
5385 // functions.
5386 // https://boringssl.googlesource.com/boringssl/+/master/PORTING.md#Replacements-for-values
5387 
5388 #define DTLS_CTRL_GET_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist
5389 #define DTLS_CTRL_HANDLE_TIMEOUT doesnt_exist
5390 #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN doesnt_exist
5391 #define SSL_CTRL_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist
5392 #define SSL_CTRL_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist
5393 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist
5394 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_MODE doesnt_exist
5395 #define SSL_CTRL_CLEAR_OPTIONS doesnt_exist
5396 #define SSL_CTRL_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERT doesnt_exist
5397 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist
5398 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CHANNEL_ID doesnt_exist
5399 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_CLIENT_CERT_TYPES doesnt_exist
5400 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_EXTRA_CHAIN_CERTS doesnt_exist
5401 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist
5402 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NEGOTIATED_GROUP doesnt_exist
5403 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_NUM_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist
5404 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist
5405 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_RI_SUPPORT doesnt_exist
5406 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SERVER_TMP_KEY doesnt_exist
5407 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESSION_REUSED doesnt_exist
5408 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist
5409 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist
5410 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist
5411 #define SSL_CTRL_GET_TOTAL_RENEGOTIATIONS doesnt_exist
5412 #define SSL_CTRL_MODE doesnt_exist
5413 #define SSL_CTRL_NEED_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist
5414 #define SSL_CTRL_OPTIONS doesnt_exist
5415 #define SSL_CTRL_SESS_NUMBER doesnt_exist
5416 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES doesnt_exist
5417 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_CURVES_LIST doesnt_exist
5418 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS doesnt_exist
5419 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_GROUPS_LIST doesnt_exist
5420 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_ECDH_AUTO doesnt_exist
5421 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_CERT_LIST doesnt_exist
5422 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MAX_SEND_FRAGMENT doesnt_exist
5423 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK doesnt_exist
5424 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MSG_CALLBACK_ARG doesnt_exist
5425 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_MTU doesnt_exist
5426 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_READ_AHEAD doesnt_exist
5427 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_MODE doesnt_exist
5428 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_SESS_CACHE_SIZE doesnt_exist
5429 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_HOSTNAME doesnt_exist
5430 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_ARG doesnt_exist
5431 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_SERVERNAME_CB doesnt_exist
5432 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEYS doesnt_exist
5433 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TLSEXT_TICKET_KEY_CB doesnt_exist
5434 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH doesnt_exist
5435 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_DH_CB doesnt_exist
5436 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH doesnt_exist
5437 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_ECDH_CB doesnt_exist
5438 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA doesnt_exist
5439 #define SSL_CTRL_SET_TMP_RSA_CB doesnt_exist
5440 
5441 // |BORINGSSL_PREFIX| already makes each of these symbols into macros, so there
5442 // is no need to define conflicting macros.
5443 #if !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX)
5444 
5445 #define DTLSv1_get_timeout DTLSv1_get_timeout
5446 #define DTLSv1_handle_timeout DTLSv1_handle_timeout
5447 #define SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add0_chain_cert
5448 #define SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add1_chain_cert
5449 #define SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert
5450 #define SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_extra_chain_certs
5451 #define SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs SSL_CTX_clear_chain_certs
5452 #define SSL_CTX_clear_mode SSL_CTX_clear_mode
5453 #define SSL_CTX_clear_options SSL_CTX_clear_options
5454 #define SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get0_chain_certs
5455 #define SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs SSL_CTX_get_extra_chain_certs
5456 #define SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_get_max_cert_list
5457 #define SSL_CTX_get_mode SSL_CTX_get_mode
5458 #define SSL_CTX_get_options SSL_CTX_get_options
5459 #define SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead SSL_CTX_get_read_ahead
5460 #define SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode
5461 #define SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_get_tlsext_ticket_keys
5462 #define SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA SSL_CTX_need_tmp_RSA
5463 #define SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size
5464 #define SSL_CTX_sess_number SSL_CTX_sess_number
5465 #define SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size
5466 #define SSL_CTX_set0_chain SSL_CTX_set0_chain
5467 #define SSL_CTX_set1_chain SSL_CTX_set1_chain
5468 #define SSL_CTX_set1_curves SSL_CTX_set1_curves
5469 #define SSL_CTX_set1_groups SSL_CTX_set1_groups
5470 #define SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list SSL_CTX_set_max_cert_list
5471 #define SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment SSL_CTX_set_max_send_fragment
5472 #define SSL_CTX_set_mode SSL_CTX_set_mode
5473 #define SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_CTX_set_msg_callback_arg
5474 #define SSL_CTX_set_options SSL_CTX_set_options
5475 #define SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead SSL_CTX_set_read_ahead
5476 #define SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode
5477 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_arg
5478 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback \
5479     SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_servername_callback
5480 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_key_cb
5481 #define SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys SSL_CTX_set_tlsext_ticket_keys
5482 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh
5483 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_CTX_set_tmp_ecdh
5484 #define SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa
5485 #define SSL_add0_chain_cert SSL_add0_chain_cert
5486 #define SSL_add1_chain_cert SSL_add1_chain_cert
5487 #define SSL_clear_chain_certs SSL_clear_chain_certs
5488 #define SSL_clear_mode SSL_clear_mode
5489 #define SSL_clear_options SSL_clear_options
5490 #define SSL_get0_certificate_types SSL_get0_certificate_types
5491 #define SSL_get0_chain_certs SSL_get0_chain_certs
5492 #define SSL_get_max_cert_list SSL_get_max_cert_list
5493 #define SSL_get_mode SSL_get_mode
5494 #define SSL_get_negotiated_group SSL_get_negotiated_group
5495 #define SSL_get_options SSL_get_options
5496 #define SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support \
5497     SSL_get_secure_renegotiation_support
5498 #define SSL_need_tmp_RSA SSL_need_tmp_RSA
5499 #define SSL_num_renegotiations SSL_num_renegotiations
5500 #define SSL_session_reused SSL_session_reused
5501 #define SSL_set0_chain SSL_set0_chain
5502 #define SSL_set1_chain SSL_set1_chain
5503 #define SSL_set1_curves SSL_set1_curves
5504 #define SSL_set1_groups SSL_set1_groups
5505 #define SSL_set_max_cert_list SSL_set_max_cert_list
5506 #define SSL_set_max_send_fragment SSL_set_max_send_fragment
5507 #define SSL_set_mode SSL_set_mode
5508 #define SSL_set_msg_callback_arg SSL_set_msg_callback_arg
5509 #define SSL_set_mtu SSL_set_mtu
5510 #define SSL_set_options SSL_set_options
5511 #define SSL_set_tlsext_host_name SSL_set_tlsext_host_name
5512 #define SSL_set_tmp_dh SSL_set_tmp_dh
5513 #define SSL_set_tmp_ecdh SSL_set_tmp_ecdh
5514 #define SSL_set_tmp_rsa SSL_set_tmp_rsa
5515 #define SSL_total_renegotiations SSL_total_renegotiations
5516 
5517 #endif // !defined(BORINGSSL_PREFIX)
5518 
5519 
5520 #if defined(__cplusplus)
5521 }  // extern C
5522 
5523 #if !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX)
5524 
5525 extern "C++" {
5526 
5527 BSSL_NAMESPACE_BEGIN
5528 
5529 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL, SSL_free)
5530 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_free)
5531 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_CTX, SSL_CTX_up_ref)
5532 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_free)
5533 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_ECH_KEYS, SSL_ECH_KEYS_up_ref)
5534 BORINGSSL_MAKE_DELETER(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_free)
5535 BORINGSSL_MAKE_UP_REF(SSL_SESSION, SSL_SESSION_up_ref)
5536 
5537 
5538 // *** DEPRECATED EXPERIMENT — DO NOT USE ***
5539 //
5540 // Split handshakes.
5541 //
5542 // WARNING: This mechanism is deprecated and should not be used. It is very
5543 // fragile and difficult to use correctly. The relationship between
5544 // configuration options across the two halves is ill-defined and not
5545 // self-consistent. Additionally, version skew across the two halves risks
5546 // unusual behavior and connection failure. New development should use the
5547 // handshake hints API. Existing deployments should migrate to handshake hints
5548 // to reduce the risk of service outages.
5549 //
5550 // Split handshakes allows the handshake part of a TLS connection to be
5551 // performed in a different process (or on a different machine) than the data
5552 // exchange. This only applies to servers.
5553 //
5554 // In the first part of a split handshake, an |SSL| (where the |SSL_CTX| has
5555 // been configured with |SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode|) is used normally. Once the
5556 // ClientHello message has been received, the handshake will stop and
5557 // |SSL_get_error| will indicate |SSL_ERROR_HANDOFF|. At this point (and only
5558 // at this point), |SSL_serialize_handoff| can be called to write the “handoff”
5559 // state of the connection.
5560 //
5561 // Elsewhere, a fresh |SSL| can be used with |SSL_apply_handoff| to continue
5562 // the connection. The connection from the client is fed into this |SSL|, and
5563 // the handshake resumed. When the handshake stops again and |SSL_get_error|
5564 // indicates |SSL_ERROR_HANDBACK|, |SSL_serialize_handback| should be called to
5565 // serialize the state of the handshake again.
5566 //
5567 // Back at the first location, a fresh |SSL| can be used with
5568 // |SSL_apply_handback|. Then the client's connection can be processed mostly
5569 // as normal.
5570 //
5571 // Lastly, when a connection is in the handoff state, whether or not
5572 // |SSL_serialize_handoff| is called, |SSL_decline_handoff| will move it back
5573 // into a normal state where the connection can proceed without impact.
5574 //
5575 // WARNING: Currently only works with TLS 1.0–1.2.
5576 // WARNING: The serialisation formats are not yet stable: version skew may be
5577 //     fatal.
5578 // WARNING: The handback data contains sensitive key material and must be
5579 //     protected.
5580 // WARNING: Some calls on the final |SSL| will not work. Just as an example,
5581 //     calls like |SSL_get0_session_id_context| and |SSL_get_privatekey| won't
5582 //     work because the certificate used for handshaking isn't available.
5583 // WARNING: |SSL_apply_handoff| may trigger “msg” callback calls.
5584 
5585 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_handoff_mode(SSL_CTX *ctx, bool on);
5586 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_handoff_mode(SSL *SSL, bool on);
5587 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handoff(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out,
5588                                           SSL_CLIENT_HELLO *out_hello);
5589 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_decline_handoff(SSL *ssl);
5590 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handoff(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handoff);
5591 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_serialize_handback(const SSL *ssl, CBB *out);
5592 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_apply_handback(SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> handback);
5593 
5594 // SSL_get_traffic_secrets sets |*out_read_traffic_secret| and
5595 // |*out_write_traffic_secret| to reference the TLS 1.3 traffic secrets for
5596 // |ssl|. This function is only valid on TLS 1.3 connections that have
5597 // completed the handshake. It returns true on success and false on error.
5598 OPENSSL_EXPORT bool SSL_get_traffic_secrets(
5599     const SSL *ssl, Span<const uint8_t> *out_read_traffic_secret,
5600     Span<const uint8_t> *out_write_traffic_secret);
5601 
5602 // SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing sets |override_value| to
5603 // override checking for aes hardware support for testing. If |override_value|
5604 // is set to true, the library will behave as if aes hardware support is
5605 // present. If it is set to false, the library will behave as if aes hardware
5606 // support is not present.
5607 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_CTX_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing(
5608     SSL_CTX *ctx, bool override_value);
5609 
5610 // SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing acts the same as
5611 // |SSL_CTX_set_aes_override_for_testing| but only configures a single |SSL*|.
5612 OPENSSL_EXPORT void SSL_set_aes_hw_override_for_testing(SSL *ssl,
5613                                                         bool override_value);
5614 
5615 BSSL_NAMESPACE_END
5616 
5617 }  // extern C++
5618 
5619 #endif  // !defined(BORINGSSL_NO_CXX)
5620 
5621 #endif
5622 
5623 #define SSL_R_APP_DATA_IN_HANDSHAKE 100
5624 #define SSL_R_ATTEMPT_TO_REUSE_SESSION_IN_DIFFERENT_CONTEXT 101
5625 #define SSL_R_BAD_ALERT 102
5626 #define SSL_R_BAD_CHANGE_CIPHER_SPEC 103
5627 #define SSL_R_BAD_DATA_RETURNED_BY_CALLBACK 104
5628 #define SSL_R_BAD_DH_P_LENGTH 105
5629 #define SSL_R_BAD_DIGEST_LENGTH 106
5630 #define SSL_R_BAD_ECC_CERT 107
5631 #define SSL_R_BAD_ECPOINT 108
5632 #define SSL_R_BAD_HANDSHAKE_RECORD 109
5633 #define SSL_R_BAD_HELLO_REQUEST 110
5634 #define SSL_R_BAD_LENGTH 111
5635 #define SSL_R_BAD_PACKET_LENGTH 112
5636 #define SSL_R_BAD_RSA_ENCRYPT 113
5637 #define SSL_R_BAD_SIGNATURE 114
5638 #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_MKI_VALUE 115
5639 #define SSL_R_BAD_SRTP_PROTECTION_PROFILE_LIST 116
5640 #define SSL_R_BAD_SSL_FILETYPE 117
5641 #define SSL_R_BAD_WRITE_RETRY 118
5642 #define SSL_R_BIO_NOT_SET 119
5643 #define SSL_R_BN_LIB 120
5644 #define SSL_R_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL 121
5645 #define SSL_R_CA_DN_LENGTH_MISMATCH 122
5646 #define SSL_R_CA_DN_TOO_LONG 123
5647 #define SSL_R_CCS_RECEIVED_EARLY 124
5648 #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_VERIFY_FAILED 125
5649 #define SSL_R_CERT_CB_ERROR 126
5650 #define SSL_R_CERT_LENGTH_MISMATCH 127
5651 #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_NOT_P256 128
5652 #define SSL_R_CHANNEL_ID_SIGNATURE_INVALID 129
5653 #define SSL_R_CIPHER_OR_HASH_UNAVAILABLE 130
5654 #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_PARSE_FAILED 131
5655 #define SSL_R_CLIENTHELLO_TLSEXT 132
5656 #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_REJECTED 133
5657 #define SSL_R_CONNECTION_TYPE_NOT_SET 134
5658 #define SSL_R_CUSTOM_EXTENSION_ERROR 135
5659 #define SSL_R_DATA_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 136
5660 #define SSL_R_DECODE_ERROR 137
5661 #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED 138
5662 #define SSL_R_DECRYPTION_FAILED_OR_BAD_RECORD_MAC 139
5663 #define SSL_R_DH_PUBLIC_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 140
5664 #define SSL_R_DH_P_TOO_LONG 141
5665 #define SSL_R_DIGEST_CHECK_FAILED 142
5666 #define SSL_R_DTLS_MESSAGE_TOO_BIG 143
5667 #define SSL_R_ECC_CERT_NOT_FOR_SIGNING 144
5668 #define SSL_R_EMS_STATE_INCONSISTENT 145
5669 #define SSL_R_ENCRYPTED_LENGTH_TOO_LONG 146
5670 #define SSL_R_ERROR_ADDING_EXTENSION 147
5671 #define SSL_R_ERROR_IN_RECEIVED_CIPHER_LIST 148
5672 #define SSL_R_ERROR_PARSING_EXTENSION 149
5673 #define SSL_R_EXCESSIVE_MESSAGE_SIZE 150
5674 #define SSL_R_EXTRA_DATA_IN_MESSAGE 151
5675 #define SSL_R_FRAGMENT_MISMATCH 152
5676 #define SSL_R_GOT_NEXT_PROTO_WITHOUT_EXTENSION 153
5677 #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE_ON_CLIENT_HELLO 154
5678 #define SSL_R_HTTPS_PROXY_REQUEST 155
5679 #define SSL_R_HTTP_REQUEST 156
5680 #define SSL_R_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 157
5681 #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMMAND 158
5682 #define SSL_R_INVALID_MESSAGE 159
5683 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SSL_SESSION 160
5684 #define SSL_R_INVALID_TICKET_KEYS_LENGTH 161
5685 #define SSL_R_LENGTH_MISMATCH 162
5686 #define SSL_R_MISSING_EXTENSION 164
5687 #define SSL_R_MISSING_RSA_CERTIFICATE 165
5688 #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_DH_KEY 166
5689 #define SSL_R_MISSING_TMP_ECDH_KEY 167
5690 #define SSL_R_MIXED_SPECIAL_OPERATOR_WITH_GROUPS 168
5691 #define SSL_R_MTU_TOO_SMALL 169
5692 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_BOTH_NPN_AND_ALPN 170
5693 #define SSL_R_NESTED_GROUP 171
5694 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATES_RETURNED 172
5695 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_ASSIGNED 173
5696 #define SSL_R_NO_CERTIFICATE_SET 174
5697 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_AVAILABLE 175
5698 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_PASSED 176
5699 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHER_MATCH 177
5700 #define SSL_R_NO_COMPRESSION_SPECIFIED 178
5701 #define SSL_R_NO_METHOD_SPECIFIED 179
5702 #define SSL_R_NO_PRIVATE_KEY_ASSIGNED 181
5703 #define SSL_R_NO_RENEGOTIATION 182
5704 #define SSL_R_NO_REQUIRED_DIGEST 183
5705 #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_CIPHER 184
5706 #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_CTX 185
5707 #define SSL_R_NULL_SSL_METHOD_PASSED 186
5708 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_CIPHER_NOT_RETURNED 187
5709 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_VERSION_NOT_RETURNED 188
5710 #define SSL_R_OUTPUT_ALIASES_INPUT 189
5711 #define SSL_R_PARSE_TLSEXT 190
5712 #define SSL_R_PATH_TOO_LONG 191
5713 #define SSL_R_PEER_DID_NOT_RETURN_A_CERTIFICATE 192
5714 #define SSL_R_PEER_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 193
5715 #define SSL_R_PROTOCOL_IS_SHUTDOWN 194
5716 #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_NOT_FOUND 195
5717 #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_CLIENT_CB 196
5718 #define SSL_R_PSK_NO_SERVER_CB 197
5719 #define SSL_R_READ_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED 198
5720 #define SSL_R_RECORD_LENGTH_MISMATCH 199
5721 #define SSL_R_RECORD_TOO_LARGE 200
5722 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_ENCODING_ERR 201
5723 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_MISMATCH 202
5724 #define SSL_R_REQUIRED_CIPHER_MISSING 203
5725 #define SSL_R_RESUMED_EMS_SESSION_WITHOUT_EMS_EXTENSION 204
5726 #define SSL_R_RESUMED_NON_EMS_SESSION_WITH_EMS_EXTENSION 205
5727 #define SSL_R_SCSV_RECEIVED_WHEN_RENEGOTIATING 206
5728 #define SSL_R_SERVERHELLO_TLSEXT 207
5729 #define SSL_R_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_UNINITIALIZED 208
5730 #define SSL_R_SESSION_MAY_NOT_BE_CREATED 209
5731 #define SSL_R_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS_EXTENSION_SENT_BY_SERVER 210
5732 #define SSL_R_SRTP_COULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_PROFILES 211
5733 #define SSL_R_SRTP_UNKNOWN_PROTECTION_PROFILE 212
5734 #define SSL_R_SSL3_EXT_INVALID_SERVERNAME 213
5735 #define SSL_R_SSL_CTX_HAS_NO_DEFAULT_SSL_VERSION 214
5736 #define SSL_R_SSL_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 215
5737 #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_CONTEXT_TOO_LONG 216
5738 #define SSL_R_TLS_PEER_DID_NOT_RESPOND_WITH_CERTIFICATE_LIST 217
5739 #define SSL_R_TLS_RSA_ENCRYPTED_VALUE_LENGTH_IS_WRONG 218
5740 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_EMPTY_FRAGMENTS 219
5741 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_WARNING_ALERTS 220
5742 #define SSL_R_UNABLE_TO_FIND_ECDH_PARAMETERS 221
5743 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION 222
5744 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 223
5745 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_OPERATOR_IN_GROUP 224
5746 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_RECORD 225
5747 #define SSL_R_UNINITIALIZED 226
5748 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_ALERT_TYPE 227
5749 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 228
5750 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_RETURNED 229
5751 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CIPHER_TYPE 230
5752 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_DIGEST 231
5753 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_KEY_EXCHANGE_TYPE 232
5754 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_PROTOCOL 233
5755 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_SSL_VERSION 234
5756 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_STATE 235
5757 #define SSL_R_UNSAFE_LEGACY_RENEGOTIATION_DISABLED 236
5758 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_CIPHER 237
5759 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_COMPRESSION_ALGORITHM 238
5760 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE 239
5761 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL 240
5762 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CERTIFICATE_TYPE 241
5763 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CIPHER_RETURNED 242
5764 #define SSL_R_WRONG_CURVE 243
5765 #define SSL_R_WRONG_MESSAGE_TYPE 244
5766 #define SSL_R_WRONG_SIGNATURE_TYPE 245
5767 #define SSL_R_WRONG_SSL_VERSION 246
5768 #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_NUMBER 247
5769 #define SSL_R_X509_LIB 248
5770 #define SSL_R_X509_VERIFICATION_SETUP_PROBLEMS 249
5771 #define SSL_R_SHUTDOWN_WHILE_IN_INIT 250
5772 #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_RECORD_TYPE 251
5773 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL_FOR_CUSTOM_KEY 252
5774 #define SSL_R_NO_COMMON_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHMS 253
5775 #define SSL_R_DOWNGRADE_DETECTED 254
5776 #define SSL_R_EXCESS_HANDSHAKE_DATA 255
5777 #define SSL_R_INVALID_COMPRESSION_LIST 256
5778 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_EXTENSION 257
5779 #define SSL_R_MISSING_KEY_SHARE 258
5780 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL 259
5781 #define SSL_R_TOO_MANY_KEY_UPDATES 260
5782 #define SSL_R_BLOCK_CIPHER_PAD_IS_WRONG 261
5783 #define SSL_R_NO_CIPHERS_SPECIFIED 262
5784 #define SSL_R_RENEGOTIATION_EMS_MISMATCH 263
5785 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_KEY_SHARE 264
5786 #define SSL_R_NO_GROUPS_SPECIFIED 265
5787 #define SSL_R_NO_SHARED_GROUP 266
5788 #define SSL_R_PRE_SHARED_KEY_MUST_BE_LAST 267
5789 #define SSL_R_OLD_SESSION_PRF_HASH_MISMATCH 268
5790 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SCT_LIST 269
5791 #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_SKIPPED_EARLY_DATA 270
5792 #define SSL_R_PSK_IDENTITY_BINDER_COUNT_MISMATCH 271
5793 #define SSL_R_CANNOT_PARSE_LEAF_CERT 272
5794 #define SSL_R_SERVER_CERT_CHANGED 273
5795 #define SSL_R_CERTIFICATE_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 274
5796 #define SSL_R_CANNOT_HAVE_BOTH_PRIVKEY_AND_METHOD 275
5797 #define SSL_R_TICKET_ENCRYPTION_FAILED 276
5798 #define SSL_R_ALPN_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 277
5799 #define SSL_R_WRONG_VERSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 278
5800 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_EXTENSION_ON_EARLY_DATA 279
5801 #define SSL_R_NO_SUPPORTED_VERSIONS_ENABLED 280
5802 #define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_INSTEAD_OF_HANDSHAKE 281
5803 #define SSL_R_EMPTY_HELLO_RETRY_REQUEST 282
5804 #define SSL_R_EARLY_DATA_NOT_IN_USE 283
5805 #define SSL_R_HANDSHAKE_NOT_COMPLETE 284
5806 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_TB_WITHOUT_EMS_OR_RI 285
5807 #define SSL_R_SERVER_ECHOED_INVALID_SESSION_ID 286
5808 #define SSL_R_PRIVATE_KEY_OPERATION_FAILED 287
5809 #define SSL_R_SECOND_SERVERHELLO_VERSION_MISMATCH 288
5810 #define SSL_R_OCSP_CB_ERROR 289
5811 #define SSL_R_SSL_SESSION_ID_TOO_LONG 290
5812 #define SSL_R_APPLICATION_DATA_ON_SHUTDOWN 291
5813 #define SSL_R_CERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILED 292
5814 #define SSL_R_UNCOMPRESSED_CERT_TOO_LARGE 293
5815 #define SSL_R_UNKNOWN_CERT_COMPRESSION_ALG 294
5816 #define SSL_R_INVALID_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 295
5817 #define SSL_R_DUPLICATE_SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM 296
5818 #define SSL_R_TLS13_DOWNGRADE 297
5819 #define SSL_R_QUIC_INTERNAL_ERROR 298
5820 #define SSL_R_WRONG_ENCRYPTION_LEVEL_RECEIVED 299
5821 #define SSL_R_TOO_MUCH_READ_EARLY_DATA 300
5822 #define SSL_R_INVALID_DELEGATED_CREDENTIAL 301
5823 #define SSL_R_KEY_USAGE_BIT_INCORRECT 302
5824 #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_CLIENT_HELLO 303
5825 #define SSL_R_CIPHER_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 304
5826 #define SSL_R_QUIC_TRANSPORT_PARAMETERS_MISCONFIGURED 305
5827 #define SSL_R_UNEXPECTED_COMPATIBILITY_MODE 306
5828 #define SSL_R_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 307
5829 #define SSL_R_NEGOTIATED_ALPS_WITHOUT_ALPN 308
5830 #define SSL_R_ALPS_MISMATCH_ON_EARLY_DATA 309
5831 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_AND_PRIVATE_KEY_MISMATCH 310
5832 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 311
5833 #define SSL_R_UNSUPPORTED_ECH_SERVER_CONFIG 312
5834 #define SSL_R_ECH_SERVER_WOULD_HAVE_NO_RETRY_CONFIGS 313
5835 #define SSL_R_INVALID_CLIENT_HELLO_INNER 314
5836 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPN_PROTOCOL_LIST 315
5837 #define SSL_R_COULD_NOT_PARSE_HINTS 316
5838 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_PUBLIC_NAME 317
5839 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ECH_CONFIG_LIST 318
5840 #define SSL_R_ECH_REJECTED 319
5841 #define SSL_R_INVALID_OUTER_EXTENSION 320
5842 #define SSL_R_INCONSISTENT_ECH_NEGOTIATION 321
5843 #define SSL_R_INVALID_ALPS_CODEPOINT 322
5844 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CLOSE_NOTIFY 1000
5845 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNEXPECTED_MESSAGE 1010
5846 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_RECORD_MAC 1020
5847 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPTION_FAILED 1021
5848 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_RECORD_OVERFLOW 1022
5849 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_DECOMPRESSION_FAILURE 1030
5850 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE 1040
5851 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_NO_CERTIFICATE 1041
5852 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE 1042
5853 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_CERTIFICATE 1043
5854 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REVOKED 1044
5855 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_EXPIRED 1045
5856 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNKNOWN 1046
5857 #define SSL_R_SSLV3_ALERT_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER 1047
5858 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_CA 1048
5859 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ACCESS_DENIED 1049
5860 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECODE_ERROR 1050
5861 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_DECRYPT_ERROR 1051
5862 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_EXPORT_RESTRICTION 1060
5863 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_PROTOCOL_VERSION 1070
5864 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INSUFFICIENT_SECURITY 1071
5865 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INTERNAL_ERROR 1080
5866 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_INAPPROPRIATE_FALLBACK 1086
5867 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_USER_CANCELLED 1090
5868 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_RENEGOTIATION 1100
5869 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNSUPPORTED_EXTENSION 1110
5870 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_UNOBTAINABLE 1111
5871 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNRECOGNIZED_NAME 1112
5872 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_STATUS_RESPONSE 1113
5873 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_BAD_CERTIFICATE_HASH_VALUE 1114
5874 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_UNKNOWN_PSK_IDENTITY 1115
5875 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_CERTIFICATE_REQUIRED 1116
5876 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_NO_APPLICATION_PROTOCOL 1120
5877 #define SSL_R_TLSV1_ALERT_ECH_REQUIRED 1121
5878 
5879 #endif  // OPENSSL_HEADER_SSL_H
5880